AuroraMiddleware/gtk
1
0
Fork 1
mirror of https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gtk.git synced 2024-12-26 21:51:08 +00:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Wiki Activity
218b905a88
gtk/po-properties/en_GB.po
Bruce Cowan fac0e7abd8 Update British English translation
2020-08-30 11:46:48 +00:00

11116 lines
303 KiB
Plaintext
Raw Blame History

This file contains ambiguous Unicode characters

This file contains Unicode characters that might be confused with other characters. If you think that this is intentional, you can safely ignore this warning. Use the Escape button to reveal them.

# British translation
# Copyright (C) 2004 GTK+'s COPYRIGHT HOLDER
# This file is distributed under the same licence as the gtk+ package
# Abigail Brady <morwen@evilmagic.org>, Gareth Owen <gowen72@yahoo.com> 2004
# Philip Withnall <philip@tecnocode.co.uk>, 2010.
# Bruce Cowan <bruce@bcowan.me.uk>, 2009-2020.
#
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: gtk+\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2020-08-26 22:34+0000\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-08-30 12:30+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Bruce Cowan <bruce@bcowan.me.uk>\n"
"Language-Team: English - United Kingdom <en@li.org>\n"
"Language: en_GB\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Gtranslator 3.36.0\n"
#: gdk/gdkapplaunchcontext.c:133 gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:155 gdk/gdkseat.c:201
#: gdk/gdkseat.c:202 gdk/gdksurface.c:508 gdk/gdksurface.c:509
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:234 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:993
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:994 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:191 gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:145
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:829
msgid "Display"
msgstr "Display"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:180 gtk/gtktexttag.c:616
msgid "Fallback"
msgstr "Fallback"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:181
msgid "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"
msgstr "Cursor image to fall back to if this cursor cannot be displayed"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:188
msgid "Hotspot X"
msgstr "Hotspot X"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:189
msgid "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Horizontal offset of the cursor hotspot"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:196
msgid "Hotspot Y"
msgstr "Hotspot Y"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:197
msgid "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"
msgstr "Vertical offset of the cursor hotspot"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:204 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:612 gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:231
#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:233 gtk/gtkprinter.c:121 gtk/gtkstack.c:340
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:135
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Name"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:205
msgid "Name of this cursor"
msgstr "Name of this cursor"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:212 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:181
msgid "Texture"
msgstr "Texture"
#: gdk/gdkcursor.c:213
msgid "The texture displayed by this cursor"
msgstr "The texture displayed by this cursor"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:124
msgid "Device Display"
msgstr "Device Display"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:125
msgid "Display which the device belongs to"
msgstr "Display which the device belongs to"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:136 gdk/gdkdevice.c:137
msgid "Device name"
msgstr "Device name"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:149
msgid "Input source"
msgstr "Input source"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:150
msgid "Source type for the device"
msgstr "Source type for the device"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:163
msgid "Whether the device has a cursor"
msgstr "Whether the device has a cursor"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:164
msgid "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
msgstr "Whether there is a visible cursor following device motion"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:176 gdk/gdkdevice.c:177
msgid "Number of axes in the device"
msgstr "Number of axes in the device"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:189 gdk/gdkdevice.c:190
msgid "Vendor ID"
msgstr "Vendor ID"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:202 gdk/gdkdevice.c:203
msgid "Product ID"
msgstr "Product ID"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:215 gdk/gdkdevice.c:216
msgid "Seat"
msgstr "Seat"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:230 gdk/gdkdevice.c:231
msgid "Number of concurrent touches"
msgstr "Number of concurrent touches"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:239
msgid "Tool"
msgstr "Tool"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:240
msgid "The tool that is currently used with this device"
msgstr "The tool that is currently used with this device"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:246 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:372 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:688
msgid "Direction"
msgstr "Direction"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:247
#| msgid "The pack direction of the menubar"
msgid "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"
msgstr "The direction of the current layout of the keyboard"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:253
msgid "Has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Has bidi layouts"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:254
#| msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgid "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard has bidi layouts"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:260
#| msgid "Caps Lock warning"
msgid "Caps lock state"
msgstr "Caps lock state"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:261
#| msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgid "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard caps lock is on"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:267
msgid "Num lock state"
msgstr "Num lock state"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:268
#| msgid "Whether the view is loading locations"
msgid "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard num lock is on"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:274
#| msgid "Scroll offset"
msgid "Scroll lock state"
msgstr "Scroll lock state"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:275
#| msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgid "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"
msgstr "Whether the keyboard scroll lock is on"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:281
#| msgid "Radio state"
msgid "Modifier state"
msgstr "Modifier state"
#: gdk/gdkdevice.c:282
#| msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgid "The modifier state of the keyboard"
msgstr "The modifier state of the keyboard"
#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:180 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:181
msgid "Composited"
msgstr "Composited"
#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:193 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:194
msgid "RGBA"
msgstr "RGBA"
#: gdk/gdkdisplay.c:206 gdk/gdkdisplay.c:207
#| msgid "Input source"
msgid "Input shapes"
msgstr "Input shapes"
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:171
msgid "Default Display"
msgstr "Default Display"
#: gdk/gdkdisplaymanager.c:172
msgid "The default display for GDK"
msgstr "The default display for GDK"
#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:156
msgid "The GDK display used to create the context"
msgstr "The GDK display used to create the context"
#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:168
msgid "Surface"
msgstr "Surface"
#: gdk/gdkdrawcontext.c:169
msgid "The GDK surface bound to the context"
msgstr "The GDK surface bound to the context"
#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:382
msgid "Shared context"
msgstr "Shared context"
#: gdk/gdkglcontext.c:383
msgid "The GL context this context shares data with"
msgstr "The GL context this context shares data with"
#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:90 gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:175
msgid "Parent"
msgstr "Parent"
#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:91 gdk/gdkpopup.c:97
#| msgid "Parent surface"
msgid "The parent surface"
msgstr "The parent surface"
#: gdk/gdkpopup.c:96 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1642
msgid "Autohide"
msgstr "Autohide"
#: gdk/gdksurface.c:495 gdk/gdksurface.c:496 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1037
msgid "Cursor"
msgstr "Cursor"
#: gdk/gdksurface.c:515 gdk/gdksurface.c:516
msgid "Frame Clock"
msgstr "Frame Clock"
#: gdk/gdksurface.c:522 gdk/gdksurface.c:523
msgid "Mapped"
msgstr "Mapped"
#: gdk/gdksurface.c:529 gdk/gdksurface.c:530 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:294
msgid "Width"
msgstr "Width"
#: gdk/gdksurface.c:536 gdk/gdksurface.c:537 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:333
msgid "Height"
msgstr "Height"
#: gdk/gdktoplevel.c:119 gdk/gdktoplevel.c:120 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:541
msgid "State"
msgstr "State"
#: gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:599 gdk/macos/gdkmacosdrag.c:600
#| msgid "Surface"
msgid "Drag Surface"
msgstr "Drag Surface"
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:235
msgid "The display that will use this cursor"
msgstr "The display that will use this cursor"
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:241
msgid "Handle"
msgstr "Handle"
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:242
msgid "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"
msgstr "The HCURSOR handle for this cursor"
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:247
msgid "Destroyable"
msgstr "Destroyable"
#: gdk/win32/gdkcursor-win32.c:248
msgid "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"
msgstr "Whether calling DestroyCursor() is allowed on this cursor"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:157
msgid "Opcode"
msgstr "Opcode"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:158
msgid "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
msgstr "Opcode for XInput2 requests"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:165
msgid "Major"
msgstr "Major"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:166
msgid "Major version number"
msgstr "Major version number"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:173
msgid "Minor"
msgstr "Minor"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevicemanager-xi2.c:174
msgid "Minor version number"
msgstr "Minor version number"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:118
msgid "Device ID"
msgstr "Device ID"
#: gdk/x11/gdkdevice-xi2.c:119
msgid "Device identifier"
msgstr "Device identifier"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:373
msgid "Program name"
msgstr "Program name"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:374
msgid ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
msgstr ""
"The name of the program. If this is not set, it defaults to "
"g_get_application_name()"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:385
msgid "Program version"
msgstr "Program version"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:386
msgid "The version of the program"
msgstr "The version of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:397
msgid "Copyright string"
msgstr "Copyright string"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:398
msgid "Copyright information for the program"
msgstr "Copyright information for the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:411
msgid "Comments string"
msgstr "Comments string"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:412
msgid "Comments about the program"
msgstr "Comments about the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:434
msgid "License"
msgstr "Licence"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:435
msgid "The license of the program"
msgstr "The licence of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:453
msgid "System Information"
msgstr "System Information"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:454
msgid "Information about the system on which the program is running"
msgstr "Information about the system on which the program is running"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:479
msgid "License Type"
msgstr "Licence Type"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:480
msgid "The license type of the program"
msgstr "The licence type of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:493
msgid "Website URL"
msgstr "Website URL"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:494
msgid "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The URL for the link to the website of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:505
msgid "Website label"
msgstr "Website label"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:506
msgid "The label for the link to the website of the program"
msgstr "The label for the link to the website of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:519
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Authors"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:520
msgid "List of authors of the program"
msgstr "List of authors of the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:533
msgid "Documenters"
msgstr "Documenters"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:534
msgid "List of people documenting the program"
msgstr "List of people documenting the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:547
msgid "Artists"
msgstr "Artists"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:548
msgid "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
msgstr "List of people who have contributed artwork to the program"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:561
msgid "Translator credits"
msgstr "Translator credits"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:562
msgid ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
msgstr ""
"Credits to the translators. This string should be marked as translatable"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:574
msgid "Logo"
msgstr "Logo"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:575
msgid "A logo for the about box."
msgstr "A logo for the about box."
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:587
msgid "Logo Icon Name"
msgstr "Logo Icon Name"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:588
msgid "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
msgstr "A named icon to use as the logo for the about box."
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:599
msgid "Wrap license"
msgstr "Wrap licence"
#: gtk/gtkaboutdialog.c:600
msgid "Whether to wrap the license text."
msgstr "Whether to wrap the licence text."
#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:69
msgid "Action name"
msgstr "Action name"
#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:70
msgid "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"
msgstr "The name of the associated action, like “app.quit”"
#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:74
msgid "Action target value"
msgstr "Action target value"
#: gtk/gtkactionable.c:75
msgid "The parameter for action invocations"
msgstr "The parameter for action invocations"
#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:154 gtk/gtkinfobar.c:379
msgid "Reveal"
msgstr "Reveal"
#: gtk/gtkactionbar.c:155
msgid "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the action bar shows its contents or not"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:139 gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:150
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:647 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:205 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:415
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Value"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:140
msgid "The value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The value of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:152
msgid "Minimum Value"
msgstr "Minimum Value"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:153
msgid "The minimum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The minimum value of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:168
msgid "Maximum Value"
msgstr "Maximum Value"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:169
msgid "The maximum value of the adjustment"
msgstr "The maximum value of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:181
msgid "Step Increment"
msgstr "Step Increment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:182
msgid "The step increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The step increment of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:194
msgid "Page Increment"
msgstr "Page Increment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:195
msgid "The page increment of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page increment of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:210
msgid "Page Size"
msgstr "Page Size"
#: gtk/gtkadjustment.c:211
msgid "The page size of the adjustment"
msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:678
msgid "Include an “Other…” item"
msgstr "Include an “Other…” item"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:679
msgid ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
msgstr ""
"Whether the combobox should include an item that triggers a "
"GtkAppChooserDialog"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:692
msgid "Show default item"
msgstr "Show default item"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:693
msgid "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
msgstr "Whether the combobox should show the default application on top"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:705 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:615
msgid "Heading"
msgstr "Heading"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:706 gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:616
msgid "The text to show at the top of the dialog"
msgstr "The text to show at the top of the dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:712 gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:229
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:542 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:513
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:226 gtk/gtkwindow.c:750
msgid "Modal"
msgstr "Modal"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserbutton.c:713
#| msgid "Whether the audio stream should be muted."
msgid "Whether the dialog should be modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialogue should be modal"
#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:73
msgid "Content type"
msgstr "Content type"
#: gtk/gtkappchooser.c:74
msgid "The content type used by the open with object"
msgstr "The content type used by the open with object"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:601
msgid "GFile"
msgstr "GFile"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserdialog.c:602
msgid "The GFile used by the app chooser dialog"
msgstr "The GFile used by the app chooser dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:909
msgid "Show default app"
msgstr "Show default app"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:910
msgid "Whether the widget should show the default application"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show the default application"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:924
msgid "Show recommended apps"
msgstr "Show recommended apps"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:925
msgid "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show recommended applications"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:939
msgid "Show fallback apps"
msgstr "Show fallback apps"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:940
msgid "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show fallback applications"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:952
msgid "Show other apps"
msgstr "Show other apps"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:953
msgid "Whether the widget should show other applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show other applications"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:966
msgid "Show all apps"
msgstr "Show all apps"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:967
msgid "Whether the widget should show all applications"
msgstr "Whether the widget should show all applications"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:981
msgid "Widget’s default text"
msgstr "Widget’s default text"
#: gtk/gtkappchooserwidget.c:982
msgid "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
msgstr "The default text appearing when there are no applications"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:598
msgid "Register session"
msgstr "Register session"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:599
msgid "Register with the session manager"
msgstr "Register with the session manager"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:614
msgid "Screensaver Active"
msgstr "Screensaver Active"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:615
msgid "Whether the screensaver is active"
msgstr "Whether the screensaver is active"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:621
msgid "Menubar"
msgstr "Menubar"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:622
msgid "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
msgstr "The GMenuModel for the menubar"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:628
msgid "Active window"
msgstr "Active window"
#: gtk/gtkapplication.c:629
msgid "The window which most recently had focus"
msgstr "The window which most recently had focus"
#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:677
msgid "Show a menubar"
msgstr "Show a menubar"
#: gtk/gtkapplicationwindow.c:678
msgid "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
msgstr "TRUE if the window should show a menubar at the top of the window"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:144 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1108
msgid "Horizontal Alignment"
msgstr "Horizontal Alignment"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:145
msgid "X alignment of the child"
msgstr "X alignment of the child"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:151 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1121
msgid "Vertical Alignment"
msgstr "Vertical Alignment"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:152
msgid "Y alignment of the child"
msgstr "Y alignment of the child"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:158
msgid "Ratio"
msgstr "Ratio"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:159
msgid "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
msgstr "Aspect ratio if obey_child is FALSE"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:165
msgid "Obey child"
msgstr "Obey child"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:166
msgid "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"
msgstr "Force aspect ratio to match that of the frame’s child"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:173 gtk/gtkbutton.c:252 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:782
#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:372 gtk/gtkexpander.c:366 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:509
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:191 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3467 gtk/gtklistitem.c:185
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:567 gtk/gtkoverlay.c:319 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1670
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:352 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:756 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:324
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:333 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:459 gtk/gtkviewport.c:380
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:921 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:544
msgid "Child"
msgstr "Child"
#: gtk/gtkaspectframe.c:174 gtk/gtkbutton.c:253 gtk/gtkexpander.c:367
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:510 gtk/gtkframe.c:192 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3468
#: gtk/gtkoverlay.c:320 gtk/gtkpopover.c:1671 gtk/gtkrevealer.c:353
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:757 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:325 gtk/gtkviewport.c:381
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:922 gtk/gtkwindowhandle.c:545
#| msgid "Child widget"
msgid "The child widget"
msgstr "The child widget"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:252
msgid "Page type"
msgstr "Page type"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:253
msgid "The type of the assistant page"
msgstr "The type of the assistant page"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:266
msgid "Page title"
msgstr "Page title"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:267
msgid "The title of the assistant page"
msgstr "The title of the assistant page"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:281
msgid "Page complete"
msgstr "Page complete"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:282
msgid "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
msgstr "Whether all required fields on the page have been filled out"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:288
msgid "Child widget"
msgstr "Child widget"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:289
msgid "The content the assistant page"
msgstr "The content the assistant page"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:590 gtk/gtkdialog.c:546
msgid "Use Header Bar"
msgstr "Use Header Bar"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:591 gtk/gtkdialog.c:547
msgid "Use Header Bar for actions."
msgstr "Use Header Bar for actions."
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:598 gtk/gtknotebook.c:1104 gtk/gtkstack.c:745
msgid "Pages"
msgstr "Pages"
#: gtk/gtkassistant.c:599
msgid "The pages of the assistant."
msgstr "The pages of the assistant."
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:213 gtk/gtkimage.c:175 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:281
msgid "Filename"
msgstr "Filename"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:214
msgid "Bookmark file to load"
msgstr "Bookmark file to load"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:224 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:267 gtk/gtkentry.c:890
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:751 gtk/gtktext.c:893
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributes"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:225 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:267
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "Attributes to query"
msgstr "Attributes to query"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:236 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:302
msgid "IO priority"
msgstr "IO priority"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:237 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:303
msgid "Priority used when loading"
msgstr "Priority used when loading"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:248 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:326
#| msgid "Loading"
msgid "loading"
msgstr "loading"
#: gtk/gtkbookmarklist.c:249 gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:327
#| msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgid "TRUE if files are being loaded"
msgstr "TRUE if files are being loaded"
#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:165 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:508 gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:550
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:252 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:296
#| msgid "Permission"
msgid "Expression"
msgstr "Expression"
#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:166
msgid "Expression to evaluate"
msgstr "Expression to evaluate"
#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:176
#| msgid "Inverted"
msgid "Invert"
msgstr "Invert"
#: gtk/gtkboolfilter.c:177
#| msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgid "If the expression result should be inverted"
msgstr "If the expression result should be inverted"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:258 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:722 gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:317
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:465 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:302
msgid "Spacing"
msgstr "Spacing"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:259
msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgstr "The amount of space between children"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:265 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:708 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3611
msgid "Homogeneous"
msgstr "Homogeneous"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:266 gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3612
msgid "Whether the children should all be the same size"
msgstr "Whether the children should all be the same size"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:272 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:740 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:205
msgid "Baseline position"
msgstr "Baseline position"
#: gtk/gtkbox.c:273 gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:741 gtk/gtkcenterbox.c:206
msgid ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"
msgstr ""
"The position of the baseline aligned widgets if extra space is available"
#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:709
msgid "Distribute space homogeneously"
msgstr "Distribute space homogeneously"
#: gtk/gtkboxlayout.c:723
msgid "Spacing between widgets"
msgstr "Spacing between widgets"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:305
msgid "Translation Domain"
msgstr "Translation Domain"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:306
msgid "The translation domain used by gettext"
msgstr "The translation domain used by gettext"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:317
#| msgid "Current Page"
msgid "Current object"
msgstr "Current object"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:318
msgid "The object the builder is evaluating for"
msgstr "The object the builder is evaluating for"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:329 gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:293
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:570
msgid "Scope"
msgstr "Scope"
#: gtk/gtkbuilder.c:330
#| msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgid "The scope the builder is operating in"
msgstr "The scope the builder is operating in"
#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:269
msgid "Bytes"
msgstr "Bytes"
#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:270
#| msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgid "bytes containing the UI definition"
msgstr "bytes containing the UI definition"
#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:281 gtk/gtkimage.c:237
msgid "Resource"
msgstr "Resource"
#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:282
#| msgid "Merged UI definition"
msgid "resource containing the UI definition"
msgstr "resource containing the UI definition"
#: gtk/gtkbuilderlistitemfactory.c:294
msgid "scope to use when instantiating listitems"
msgstr "scope to use when instantiating list items"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:224 gtk/gtkexpander.c:320 gtk/gtkframe.c:169
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:744 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:399
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:225
msgid ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
msgstr ""
"Text of the label widget inside the button, if the button contains a label "
"widget"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:231 gtk/gtkexpander.c:328 gtk/gtklabel.c:765
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:406 gtk/gtkstack.c:383
msgid "Use underline"
msgstr "Use underline"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:232 gtk/gtkexpander.c:329 gtk/gtklabel.c:766
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:407
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be used "
"for the mnemonic accelerator key"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:238 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:669 gtk/gtkentry.c:469
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:638
msgid "Has Frame"
msgstr "Has Frame"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:239 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:414
#| msgid "Whether the menu is a parent"
msgid "Whether the button has a frame"
msgstr "Whether the button has a frame"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:245 gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:209 gtk/gtkimage.c:211
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:392 gtk/gtkprinter.c:170 gtk/gtkwindow.c:822
msgid "Icon Name"
msgstr "Icon Name"
#: gtk/gtkbutton.c:246 gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:393
msgid "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"
msgstr "The name of the icon used to automatically populate the button"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:373
msgid "Year"
msgstr "Year"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:374
msgid "The selected year"
msgstr "The selected year"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:387
msgid "Month"
msgstr "Month"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:388
msgid "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
msgstr "The selected month (as a number between 0 and 11)"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:402
msgid "Day"
msgstr "Day"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:403
msgid ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
msgstr ""
"The selected day (as a number between 1 and 31, or 0 to unselect the "
"currently selected day)"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:415
msgid "Show Heading"
msgstr "Show Heading"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:416
msgid "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, a heading is displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:428
msgid "Show Day Names"
msgstr "Show Day Names"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:429
msgid "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, day names are displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:440
msgid "Show Week Numbers"
msgstr "Show Week Numbers"
#: gtk/gtkcalendar.c:441
msgid "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
msgstr "If TRUE, week numbers are displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:318 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:303
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:335 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:325
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:349
msgid "Expand"
msgstr "Expand"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:336
msgid "Whether the cell expands"
msgstr "Whether the cell expands"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:349
msgid "Align"
msgstr "Align"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:350
msgid "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
msgstr "Whether cell should align with adjacent rows"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:364
msgid "Fixed Size"
msgstr "Fixed Size"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:365
msgid "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
msgstr "Whether cells should be the same size in all rows"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:379
msgid "Pack Type"
msgstr "Pack Type"
#: gtk/gtkcellareabox.c:380
msgid ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
msgstr ""
"A GtkPackType indicating whether the cell is packed with reference to the "
"start or end of the cell area"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:778
msgid "Focus Cell"
msgstr "Focus Cell"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:779
msgid "The cell which currently has focus"
msgstr "The cell which currently has focus"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:794
msgid "Edited Cell"
msgstr "Edited Cell"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:795
msgid "The cell which is currently being edited"
msgstr "The cell which is currently being edited"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:810
msgid "Edit Widget"
msgstr "Edit Widget"
#: gtk/gtkcellarea.c:811
msgid "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
msgstr "The widget currently editing the edited cell"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:113
msgid "Area"
msgstr "Area"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:114
msgid "The Cell Area this context was created for"
msgstr "The Cell Area this context was created for"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:128 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:143
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:326
msgid "Minimum Width"
msgstr "Minimum Width"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:129 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:144
msgid "Minimum cached width"
msgstr "Minimum cached width"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:158 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:173
msgid "Minimum Height"
msgstr "Minimum Height"
#: gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:159 gtk/gtkcellareacontext.c:174
msgid "Minimum cached height"
msgstr "Minimum cached height"
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:49
msgid "Editing Canceled"
msgstr "Editing Cancelled"
#: gtk/gtkcelleditable.c:50
msgid "Indicates that editing has been canceled"
msgstr "Indicates that editing has been cancelled"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:177
msgid "Accelerator key"
msgstr "Accelerator key"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:178
msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
msgstr "The keyval of the accelerator"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:192
msgid "Accelerator modifiers"
msgstr "Accelerator modifiers"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:193
msgid "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
msgstr "The modifier mask of the accelerator"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:208
msgid "Accelerator keycode"
msgstr "Accelerator keycode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:209
msgid "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
msgstr "The hardware keycode of the accelerator"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:226
msgid "Accelerator Mode"
msgstr "Accelerator Mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendereraccel.c:227
msgid "The type of accelerators"
msgstr "The type of accelerators"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:284
msgid "mode"
msgstr "mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:285
msgid "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
msgstr "Editable mode of the CellRenderer"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:293
msgid "visible"
msgstr "visible"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:294
msgid "Display the cell"
msgstr "Display the cell"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:300 gtk/gtkwidget.c:958
msgid "Sensitive"
msgstr "Sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:301
msgid "Display the cell sensitive"
msgstr "Display the cell sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:308
msgid "xalign"
msgstr "xalign"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:309
msgid "The x-align"
msgstr "The x-align"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:318
msgid "yalign"
msgstr "yalign"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:319
msgid "The y-align"
msgstr "The y-align"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:328
msgid "xpad"
msgstr "xpad"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:329
msgid "The xpad"
msgstr "The xpad"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:338
msgid "ypad"
msgstr "ypad"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:339
msgid "The ypad"
msgstr "The ypad"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:348
msgid "width"
msgstr "width"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:349
msgid "The fixed width"
msgstr "The fixed width"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:358
msgid "height"
msgstr "height"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:359
msgid "The fixed height"
msgstr "The fixed height"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:368
msgid "Is Expander"
msgstr "Is Expander"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:369
msgid "Row has children"
msgstr "Row has children"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:377
msgid "Is Expanded"
msgstr "Is Expanded"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:378
msgid "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
msgstr "Row is an expander row, and is expanded"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:385
msgid "Cell background color name"
msgstr "Cell background colour name"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:386
msgid "Cell background color as a string"
msgstr "Cell background colour as a string"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:398
msgid "Cell background RGBA color"
msgstr "Cell background RGBA colour"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:399
msgid "Cell background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkRGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:406 gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:369
msgid "Editing"
msgstr "Editing"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:407
msgid "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the cell renderer is currently in editing mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:415
msgid "Cell background set"
msgstr "Cell background set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderer.c:416
msgid "Whether the cell background color is set"
msgstr "Whether the cell background colour is set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:136 gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:633 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:454
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:589 gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:413
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1093 gtk/gtklistview.c:840 gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:375
#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:356 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:227
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:558 gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:264
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:796 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:706
msgid "Model"
msgstr "Model"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:137
msgid "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
msgstr "The model containing the possible values for the combo box"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:157
msgid "Text Column"
msgstr "Text Column"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:158
msgid "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
msgstr "A column in the data source model to get the strings from"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:173 gtk/gtkcombobox.c:713
msgid "Has Entry"
msgstr "Has Entry"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderercombo.c:174
msgid "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
msgstr "If FALSE, don’t allow to enter strings other than the chosen ones"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:154
msgid "Pixbuf Object"
msgstr "Pixbuf Object"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:155
msgid "The pixbuf to render"
msgstr "The pixbuf to render"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:162
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Open"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Open"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:163
msgid "Pixbuf for open expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for open expander"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:170
msgid "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
msgstr "Pixbuf Expander Closed"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:171
msgid "Pixbuf for closed expander"
msgstr "Pixbuf for closed expander"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:182
msgid "The texture to render"
msgstr "The texture to render"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:194
msgid "Icon Size"
msgstr "Icon Size"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:195
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered icon"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:210 gtk/gtkimage.c:212
msgid "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
msgstr "The name of the icon from the icon theme"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:224 gtk/gtkimage.c:225 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1091
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:593
msgid "Icon"
msgstr "Icon"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererpixbuf.c:225 gtk/gtkimage.c:226
msgid "The GIcon being displayed"
msgstr "The GIcon being displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:151
msgid "Value of the progress bar"
msgstr "Value of the progress bar"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:166 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:253
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:370 gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:351 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:187
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1103 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:209 gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:465
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Text"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:167
msgid "Text on the progress bar"
msgstr "Text on the progress bar"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:188 gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:155
msgid "Pulse"
msgstr "Pulse"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:189
msgid ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."
msgstr ""
"Set this to positive values to indicate that some progress is made, but you "
"don’t know how much."
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:203
msgid "Text x alignment"
msgstr "Text x alignment"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:204
msgid ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal text alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:218
msgid "Text y alignment"
msgstr "Text y alignment"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:219
msgid "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
msgstr "The vertical text alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)."
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:230 gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1005
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:186 gtk/gtkrange.c:372
msgid "Inverted"
msgstr "Inverted"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererprogress.c:231 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:187
msgid "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the progress bar grows"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:132 gtk/gtkrange.c:365 gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:215
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:217 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:365
msgid "Adjustment"
msgstr "Adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:133 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:366
msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:146
msgid "Climb rate"
msgstr "Climb rate"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:147
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:158 gtk/gtkscale.c:677 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:379
msgid "Digits"
msgstr "Digits"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspin.c:159 gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:380
msgid "The number of decimal places to display"
msgstr "The number of decimal places to display"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:138 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1130
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1131 gtk/gtkswitch.c:528 gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:208
msgid "Active"
msgstr "Active"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:139
msgid "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is active (ie. shown) in the cell"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:156
msgid "Pulse of the spinner"
msgstr "Pulse of the spinner"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:168 gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:294
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:288
msgid "Size"
msgstr "Size"
#: gtk/gtkcellrendererspinner.c:169
msgid "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
msgstr "The GtkIconSize value that specifies the size of the rendered spinner"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:254
msgid "Text to render"
msgstr "Text to render"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:260
msgid "Markup"
msgstr "Markup"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:261
msgid "Marked up text to render"
msgstr "Marked up text to render"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:268
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the renderer"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:274
msgid "Single Paragraph Mode"
msgstr "Single Paragraph Mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:275
msgid "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
msgstr "Whether to keep all text in a single paragraph"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:281 gtk/gtktexttag.c:215
msgid "Background color name"
msgstr "Background colour name"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:282 gtk/gtktexttag.c:216
msgid "Background color as a string"
msgstr "Background colour as a string"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:293
msgid "Background color as RGBA"
msgstr "Background colour as RGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:294 gtk/gtktexttag.c:229
msgid "Background color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Background colour as a GdkRGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:299 gtk/gtktexttag.c:244
msgid "Foreground color name"
msgstr "Foreground colour name"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:300 gtk/gtktexttag.c:245
msgid "Foreground color as a string"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a string"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:311
msgid "Foreground color as RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground colour as RGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:312 gtk/gtktexttag.c:258
msgid "Foreground color as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkRGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:319 gtk/gtkeditable.c:400 gtk/gtktexttag.c:274
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:860
msgid "Editable"
msgstr "Editable"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:320 gtk/gtktexttag.c:275 gtk/gtktextview.c:861
msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgstr "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:326 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:333
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:64 gtk/gtktexttag.c:290 gtk/gtktexttag.c:298
msgid "Font"
msgstr "Font"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:327 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:65 gtk/gtktexttag.c:291
msgid "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"
msgstr "Font description as a string, e.g. “Sans Italic 12”"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:334 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:78 gtk/gtktexttag.c:299
msgid "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
msgstr "Font description as a PangoFontDescription struct"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:340 gtk/gtktexttag.c:306
msgid "Font family"
msgstr "Font family"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:341 gtk/gtktexttag.c:307
msgid "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
msgstr "Name of the font family, e.g. Sans, Helvetica, Times, Monospace"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:347 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:348
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:314
msgid "Font style"
msgstr "Font style"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:355 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:356
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:323
msgid "Font variant"
msgstr "Font variant"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:363 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:364
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:332
msgid "Font weight"
msgstr "Font weight"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:371 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:372
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:343
msgid "Font stretch"
msgstr "Font stretch"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:379 gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:380
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:352
msgid "Font size"
msgstr "Font size"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:387 gtk/gtktexttag.c:372
msgid "Font points"
msgstr "Font points"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:388 gtk/gtktexttag.c:373
msgid "Font size in points"
msgstr "Font size in points"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:395 gtk/gtktexttag.c:362
msgid "Font scale"
msgstr "Font scale"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:396
msgid "Font scaling factor"
msgstr "Font scaling factor"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:403 gtk/gtktexttag.c:441
msgid "Rise"
msgstr "Rise"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:404
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative)"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:412 gtk/gtktexttag.c:481
msgid "Strikethrough"
msgstr "Strikethrough"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:413 gtk/gtktexttag.c:482
msgid "Whether to strike through the text"
msgstr "Whether to strike through the text"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:419 gtk/gtktexttag.c:489
msgid "Underline"
msgstr "Underline"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:420 gtk/gtktexttag.c:490
msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgstr "Style of underline for this text"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:427 gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:148 gtk/gtktexttag.c:401
msgid "Language"
msgstr "Language"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:428
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If you don’t understand this parameter, you "
"probably don’t need it"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:444 gtk/gtklabel.c:871 gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:248
msgid "Ellipsize"
msgstr "Ellipsis location"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:445
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the cell renderer "
"does not have enough room to display the entire string"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:461 gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:535
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:889
msgid "Width In Characters"
msgstr "Width In Characters"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:462 gtk/gtklabel.c:890
msgid "The desired width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired width of the label, in characters"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:481 gtk/gtklabel.c:923
msgid "Maximum Width In Characters"
msgstr "Maximum Width In Characters"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:482
msgid "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
msgstr "The maximum width of the cell, in characters"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:496 gtk/gtktexttag.c:547
msgid "Wrap mode"
msgstr "Wrap mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:497
msgid ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"How to break the string into multiple lines, if the cell renderer does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:513
msgid "Wrap width"
msgstr "Wrap width"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:514
msgid "The width at which the text is wrapped"
msgstr "The width at which the text is wrapped"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:530 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:370
msgid "Alignment"
msgstr "Alignment"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:531
msgid "How to align the lines"
msgstr "How to align the lines"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:544 gtk/gtkentry.c:580 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:408
#: gtk/gtksearchentry.c:283 gtk/gtktext.c:825
msgid "Placeholder text"
msgstr "Placeholder text"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:545
msgid "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
msgstr "Text rendered when an editable cell is empty"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:554 gtk/gtktexttag.c:694
msgid "Background set"
msgstr "Background set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:555 gtk/gtktexttag.c:695
msgid "Whether this tag affects the background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background colour"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:558 gtk/gtktexttag.c:702
msgid "Foreground set"
msgstr "Foreground set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:559 gtk/gtktexttag.c:703
msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground colour"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:562 gtk/gtktexttag.c:706
msgid "Editability set"
msgstr "Editability set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:563 gtk/gtktexttag.c:707
msgid "Whether this tag affects text editability"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text editability"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:566 gtk/gtktexttag.c:710
msgid "Font family set"
msgstr "Font family set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:567 gtk/gtktexttag.c:711
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font family"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font family"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:570 gtk/gtktexttag.c:714
msgid "Font style set"
msgstr "Font style set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:571 gtk/gtktexttag.c:715
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font style"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font style"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:574 gtk/gtktexttag.c:718
msgid "Font variant set"
msgstr "Font variant set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:575 gtk/gtktexttag.c:719
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font variant"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:578 gtk/gtktexttag.c:722
msgid "Font weight set"
msgstr "Font weight set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:579 gtk/gtktexttag.c:723
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font weight"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:582 gtk/gtktexttag.c:726
msgid "Font stretch set"
msgstr "Font stretch set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:583 gtk/gtktexttag.c:727
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font stretch"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:586 gtk/gtktexttag.c:730
msgid "Font size set"
msgstr "Font size set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:587 gtk/gtktexttag.c:731
msgid "Whether this tag affects the font size"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the font size"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:590 gtk/gtktexttag.c:734
msgid "Font scale set"
msgstr "Font scale set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:591 gtk/gtktexttag.c:735
msgid "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
msgstr "Whether this tag scales the font size by a factor"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:594 gtk/gtktexttag.c:754
msgid "Rise set"
msgstr "Rise set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:595 gtk/gtktexttag.c:755
msgid "Whether this tag affects the rise"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the rise"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:598 gtk/gtktexttag.c:770
msgid "Strikethrough set"
msgstr "Strikethrough set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:599 gtk/gtktexttag.c:771
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:602 gtk/gtktexttag.c:778
msgid "Underline set"
msgstr "Underline set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:603 gtk/gtktexttag.c:779
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:606 gtk/gtktexttag.c:742
msgid "Language set"
msgstr "Language set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:607 gtk/gtktexttag.c:743
msgid "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the language the text is rendered as"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:610
msgid "Ellipsize set"
msgstr "Ellipsis placement set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:611
msgid "Whether this tag affects the ellipsize mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the placement of the ellipsis"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:614
msgid "Align set"
msgstr "Align set"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertext.c:615
msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:166
msgid "Toggle state"
msgstr "Toggle state"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:167
msgid "The toggle state of the button"
msgstr "The toggle state of the button"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:174
msgid "Inconsistent state"
msgstr "Inconsistent state"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:175
msgid "The inconsistent state of the button"
msgstr "The inconsistent state of the button"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:182 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3448 gtk/gtklistitem.c:173
msgid "Activatable"
msgstr "Activatable"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:183
msgid "The toggle button can be activated"
msgstr "The toggle button can be activated"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:190
msgid "Radio state"
msgstr "Radio state"
#: gtk/gtkcellrenderertoggle.c:191
msgid "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
msgstr "Draw the toggle button as a radio button"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:199
msgid "CellView model"
msgstr "CellView model"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:200
msgid "The model for cell view"
msgstr "The model for cell view"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:218 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:400 gtk/gtkiconview.c:576
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:213 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:421
msgid "Cell Area"
msgstr "Cell Area"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:219 gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:401 gtk/gtkiconview.c:577
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:214 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:422
msgid "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
msgstr "The GtkCellArea used to layout cells"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:242
msgid "Cell Area Context"
msgstr "Cell Area Context"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:243
msgid "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
msgstr "The GtkCellAreaContext used to compute the geometry of the cell view"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:260
msgid "Draw Sensitive"
msgstr "Draw Sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:261
msgid "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
msgstr "Whether to force cells to be drawn in a sensitive state"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:279
msgid "Fit Model"
msgstr "Fit Model"
#: gtk/gtkcellview.c:280
msgid "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
msgstr "Whether to request enough space for every row in the model"
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:223
msgid "Draw Indicator"
msgstr "Draw Indicator"
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:224
msgid "If the indicator part of the button is displayed"
msgstr "If the indicator part of the button is displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:230
msgid "Inconsistent"
msgstr "Inconsistent"
#: gtk/gtkcheckbutton.c:231
msgid "If the check button is in an “in between” state"
msgstr "If the tick button is in an “in between” state"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:158 gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:83
msgid "Use alpha"
msgstr "Use alpha"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:159
msgid "Whether to give the color an alpha value"
msgstr "Whether to give the colour an alpha value"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:171 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:265
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:523 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:477 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:144
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:279 gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:321
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:618 gtk/gtkstack.c:347
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:342
msgid "Title"
msgstr "Title"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:172
msgid "The title of the color selection dialog"
msgstr "The title of the colour selection dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:184
msgid "Current RGBA Color"
msgstr "Current RGBA Colour"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:185
msgid "The selected RGBA color"
msgstr "The selected RGBA colour"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:222
msgid "Show Editor"
msgstr "Show Editor"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:223
msgid "Whether to show the color editor right away"
msgstr "Whether to show the colour editor right away"
#: gtk/gtkcolorbutton.c:230 gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:514
#| msgid "Whether the plug is embedded"
msgid "Whether the dialog is modal"
msgstr "Whether the dialogue is modal"
#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:65
msgid "Color"
msgstr "Colour"
#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:66
msgid "Current color, as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Current colour, as a GdkRGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcolorchooser.c:84
msgid "Whether alpha should be shown"
msgstr "Whether alpha should be shown"
#: gtk/gtkcolorchooserdialog.c:219 gtk/gtkcolorchooserwidget.c:672
msgid "Show editor"
msgstr "Show editor"
#: gtk/gtkcolorscale.c:293
msgid "Scale type"
msgstr "Scale type"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:479
msgid "RGBA Color"
msgstr "RGBA Colour"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:479
msgid "Color as RGBA"
msgstr "Colour as RGBA"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:482 gtk/gtklabel.c:834 gtk/gtklistbox.c:3460
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:221
msgid "Selectable"
msgstr "Selectable"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:482
msgid "Whether the swatch is selectable"
msgstr "Whether the swatch is selectable"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:485
msgid "Has Menu"
msgstr "Has Menu"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:485
msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should offer customisation"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:488
msgid "Can Drop"
msgstr "Can Drop"
#: gtk/gtkcolorswatch.c:488
#| msgid "Whether the swatch should offer customization"
msgid "Whether the swatch should accept drops"
msgstr "Whether the swatch should accept drops"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:621
#| msgid "Column span"
msgid "Columns"
msgstr "Columns"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:622
#| msgid "List of classes"
msgid "List of columns"
msgstr "List of columns"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:634 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1094 gtk/gtklistview.c:841
#| msgid "The sorting order of the items displayed"
msgid "Model for the items displayed"
msgstr "Model for the items displayed"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:645
#| msgid "Show separators"
msgid "Show row separators"
msgstr "Show row separators"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:646 gtk/gtklistbox.c:513 gtk/gtklistview.c:853
msgid "Show separators between rows"
msgstr "Show separators between rows"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:657
#| msgid "Show separators"
msgid "Show column separators"
msgstr "Show column separators"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:658
#| msgid "Show separators between rows"
msgid "Show separators between columns"
msgstr "Show separators between columns"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:669 gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:277
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:820 gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:544
#| msgid "Sort order"
msgid "Sorter"
msgstr "Sorter"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:670
msgid "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"
msgstr "Sorter with sorting choices of the user"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:681 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1105 gtk/gtklistview.c:864
msgid "Single click activate"
msgstr "Single click activate"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:682 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1106 gtk/gtklistview.c:865
#| msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgid "Activate rows on single click"
msgstr "Activate rows on single click"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:693 gtk/gtkiconview.c:536 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1023
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:377
msgid "Reorderable"
msgstr "Reorderable"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:694
#| msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgid "Whether columns are reorderable"
msgstr "Whether columns are reorderable"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:705 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1117 gtk/gtklistview.c:876
#| msgid "Inline selection"
msgid "Enable rubberband selection"
msgstr "Enable rubberband selection"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnview.c:706 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1118 gtk/gtklistview.c:877
#| msgid ""
#| "Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse "
#| "pointer"
msgid "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"
msgstr "Allow selecting items by dragging with the mouse"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:241
#| msgid "Column spacing"
msgid "Column view"
msgstr "Column view"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:242
msgid "Column view this column is a part of"
msgstr "Column view this column is a part of"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:253 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:428 gtk/gtkgridview.c:1053
#: gtk/gtklistview.c:828
msgid "Factory"
msgstr "Factory"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:254 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:429 gtk/gtkdropdown.c:443
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1054 gtk/gtklistview.c:829
msgid "Factory for populating list items"
msgstr "Factory for populating list items"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:266
#| msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgid "Title displayed in the header"
msgstr "Title displayed in the header"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:278
msgid "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"
msgstr "Sorter for sorting items according to this column"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:289 gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623 gtk/gtknativedialog.c:238
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:376 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:272 gtk/gtkwidget.c:951
msgid "Visible"
msgstr "Visible"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:290
#| msgid "Whether the action is visible."
msgid "Whether this column is visible"
msgstr "Whether this column is visible"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:301
#| msgid "Header image"
msgid "Header menu"
msgstr "Header menu"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:302
#| msgid "The title of this tray icon"
msgid "Menu to use on the title of this column"
msgstr "Menu to use on the title of this column"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:313 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:279
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:743
msgid "Resizable"
msgstr "Resizable"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:314
#| msgid "Whether the action is enabled."
msgid "Whether this column is resizable"
msgstr "Whether this column is resizable"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:326
#| msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgid "column gets share of extra width"
msgstr "column gets share of extra width"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:338
#| msgid "Fixed Width"
msgid "Fixed width"
msgstr "Fixed width"
#: gtk/gtkcolumnviewcolumn.c:339
#| msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgid "Fixed width of this column"
msgstr "Fixed width of this column"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:635
msgid "ComboBox model"
msgstr "ComboBox model"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:636
msgid "The model for the combo box"
msgstr "The model for the combo box"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:653
msgid "Active item"
msgstr "Active item"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:654
msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgstr "The item which is currently active"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:670
msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgstr "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:684
msgid "Popup shown"
msgstr "Popup shown"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:685
msgid "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"
msgstr "Whether the combo’s dropdown is shown"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:699
msgid "Button Sensitivity"
msgstr "Button Sensitivity"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:700
msgid "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
msgstr "Whether the dropdown button is sensitive when the model is empty"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:714
msgid "Whether combo box has an entry"
msgstr "Whether combo box has an entry"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:727
msgid "Entry Text Column"
msgstr "Entry Text Column"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:728
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model to associate with strings from the entry "
"if the combo was created with #GtkComboBox:has-entry = %TRUE"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:743
msgid "ID Column"
msgstr "ID Column"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:744
msgid ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
msgstr ""
"The column in the combo box’s model that provides string IDs for the values "
"in the model"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:757
msgid "Active id"
msgstr "Active id"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:758
msgid "The value of the id column for the active row"
msgstr "The value of the id column for the active row"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:772
msgid "Popup Fixed Width"
msgstr "Popup Fixed Width"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:773
msgid ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
msgstr ""
"Whether the popup’s width should be a fixed width matching the allocated "
"width of the combo box"
#: gtk/gtkcombobox.c:783
#| msgid "Child widget"
msgid "The child_widget"
msgstr "The child_widget"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:191
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Target"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:192
msgid "The target of the constraint"
msgstr "The target of the constraint"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:204
msgid "Target Attribute"
msgstr "Target Attribute"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:205
msgid "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the target set by the constraint"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:218
msgid "Relation"
msgstr "Relation"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:219
msgid "The relation between the source and target attributes"
msgstr "The relation between the source and target attributes"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:235
msgid "Source"
msgstr "Source"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:236
msgid "The source of the constraint"
msgstr "The source of the constraint"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:248
msgid "Source Attribute"
msgstr "Source Attribute"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:249
msgid "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"
msgstr "The attribute of the source widget set by the constraint"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:263
msgid "Multiplier"
msgstr "Multiplier"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:264
msgid "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"
msgstr "The multiplication factor to be applied to the source attribute"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:276
msgid "Constant"
msgstr "Constant"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:277
msgid "The constant to be added to the source attribute"
msgstr "The constant to be added to the source attribute"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:293
msgid "Strength"
msgstr "Strength"
#: gtk/gtkconstraint.c:294
msgid "The strength of the constraint"
msgstr "The strength of the constraint"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "Style Classes"
msgstr "Style Classes"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:602
msgid "List of classes"
msgstr "List of classes"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607 gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:181
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:607
msgid "Unique ID"
msgstr "Unique ID"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:617
msgid "State flags"
msgstr "State flags"
#: gtk/gtkcssnode.c:623
msgid "If other nodes can see this node"
msgstr "If other nodes can see this node"
#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:138
msgid "Subproperties"
msgstr "Subproperties"
#: gtk/gtkcssshorthandproperty.c:139
msgid "The list of subproperties"
msgstr "The list of subproperties"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:166
msgid "Animated"
msgstr "Animated"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:167
msgid "Set if the value can be animated"
msgstr "Set if the value can be animated"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:173
msgid "Affects"
msgstr "Affects"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:174
msgid "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
msgstr "Set if the value affects the sizing of elements"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:182
msgid "The numeric id for quick access"
msgstr "The numeric id for quick access"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:188
msgid "Inherit"
msgstr "Inherit"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:189
msgid "Set if the value is inherited by default"
msgstr "Set if the value is inherited by default"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:195
msgid "Initial value"
msgstr "Initial value"
#: gtk/gtkcssstyleproperty.c:196
msgid "The initial specified value used for this property"
msgstr "The initial specified value used for this property"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:266
#| msgid "Attributes"
msgid "attributes"
msgstr "attributes"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:278
#| msgid "Error"
msgid "error"
msgstr "error"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:279
msgid "Error encountered while loading files"
msgstr "Error encountered while loading files"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:290 gtk/gtkmediafile.c:161 gtk/gtkpicture.c:327
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:296
msgid "File"
msgstr "File"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:291
#| msgid "The title to display"
msgid "The file to query"
msgstr "The file to query"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:314 gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:376
msgid "Item type"
msgstr "Item type"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:315 gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:377
msgid "The type of elements of this object"
msgstr "The type of elements of this object"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:338
#| msgid "Monitor"
msgid "monitored"
msgstr "monitored"
#: gtk/gtkdirectorylist.c:339
#| msgid "The widget to be monitored for accelerator changes"
msgid "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"
msgstr "TRUE if the directory is monitored for changes"
#: gtk/gtkdragicon.c:373
#| msgid "Icon widget to display in the item"
msgid "The widget to display as drag icon."
msgstr "The widget to display as drag icon."
#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:281
#| msgid "Context"
msgid "Content"
msgstr "Content"
#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:282
#| msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgid "The content provider for the dragged data"
msgstr "The content provider for the dragged data"
#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:296 gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:391 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:578
#| msgid "Action"
msgid "Actions"
msgstr "Actions"
#: gtk/gtkdragsource.c:297
#| msgid "Support Selection"
msgid "Supported actions"
msgstr "Supported actions"
#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:291
msgid "Content Width"
msgstr "Content Width"
#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:292
msgid "Desired width for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired width for displayed content"
#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:303
msgid "Content Height"
msgstr "Content Height"
#: gtk/gtkdrawingarea.c:304
msgid "Desired height for displayed content"
msgstr "Desired height for displayed content"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:226 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:223
#| msgid "Contains Pointer Focus"
msgid "Contains Pointer"
msgstr "Contains Pointer"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:227 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:224
#| msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget or a descendant"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:246 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:590
msgid "Drop"
msgstr "Drop"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:247
#| msgid "The menu of options"
msgid "The ongoing drop operation"
msgstr "The ongoing drop operation"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:264 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:206
#| msgid "Is Pointer Focus"
msgid "Is Pointer"
msgstr "Is Pointer"
#: gtk/gtkdropcontrollermotion.c:265 gtk/gtkeventcontrollermotion.c:207
msgid "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the pointer is in the controllers widget"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:442
msgid "List Factory"
msgstr "List Factory"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:455
#| msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
msgid "Model for the displayed items"
msgstr "Model for the displayed items"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:467 gtk/gtklistitem.c:233 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:415
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Selected"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:468 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:416
msgid "Position of the selected item"
msgstr "Position of the selected item"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:479 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:427
msgid "Selected Item"
msgstr "Selected Item"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:480 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:428
msgid "The selected item"
msgstr "The selected item"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:493
#| msgid "Enable Search"
msgid "Enable search"
msgstr "Enable search"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:494
#| msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgid "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"
msgstr "Whether to show a search entry in the popup"
#: gtk/gtkdropdown.c:509
msgid "Expression to determine strings to search for"
msgstr "Expression to determine strings to search for"
#: gtk/gtkdroptargetasync.c:401 gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:602
msgid "Formats"
msgstr "Formats"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:579
msgid "The actions supported by this drop target"
msgstr "The actions supported by this drop target"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:591
#| msgid "Current Color"
msgid "Current drop"
msgstr "Current drop"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:603
msgid "The supported formats"
msgstr "The supported formats"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:630
msgid "Preload"
msgstr "Preload"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:631
#| msgid "Whether activatable icons should prelight when hovered"
msgid "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"
msgstr "Whether drop data should be preloaded while hovering"
#: gtk/gtkdroptarget.c:648
#| msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgid "The value for this drop operation"
msgstr "The value for this drop operation"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:371
msgid "The contents of the entry"
msgstr "The contents of the entry"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:377
msgid "Cursor Position"
msgstr "Cursor Position"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:378
msgid "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
msgstr "The current position of the insertion cursor in chars"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:385
#| msgid "Enable Popup"
msgid "Enable Undo"
msgstr "Enable Undo"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:386
msgid "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"
msgstr "If undo/redo should be enabled for the editable"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:392
msgid "Selection Bound"
msgstr "Selection Bound"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:393
msgid ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
msgstr ""
"The position of the opposite end of the selection from the cursor in chars"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:401
msgid "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
msgstr "Whether the entry contents can be edited"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:407
msgid "Width in chars"
msgstr "Width in chars"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:408
msgid "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
msgstr "Number of characters to leave space for in the entry"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:415
msgid "Maximum width in characters"
msgstr "Maximum width in characters"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:416
msgid "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the entry, in characters"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:423 gtk/gtklabel.c:788
msgid "X align"
msgstr "X align"
#: gtk/gtkeditable.c:424 gtk/gtklabel.c:789
msgid ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
msgstr ""
"The horizontal alignment, from 0 (left) to 1 (right). Reversed for RTL "
"layouts."
#: gtk/gtkeditablelabel.c:370
#| msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgid "Whether the widget is in editing mode"
msgstr "Whether the widget is in editing mode"
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:352
msgid "The contents of the buffer"
msgstr "The contents of the buffer"
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:363 gtk/gtkentry.c:527
msgid "Text length"
msgstr "Text length"
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:364
msgid "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the buffer"
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:375 gtk/gtkentry.c:454 gtk/gtktext.c:753
msgid "Maximum length"
msgstr "Maximum length"
#: gtk/gtkentrybuffer.c:376 gtk/gtkentry.c:455
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this entry. Zero if no maximum"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:447 gtk/gtktext.c:746
msgid "Text Buffer"
msgstr "Text Buffer"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:448
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores entry text"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:462 gtk/gtktext.c:919
msgid "Visibility"
msgstr "Visibility"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:463 gtk/gtktext.c:920
msgid ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
msgstr ""
"FALSE displays the “invisible char” instead of the actual text (password "
"mode)"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:470
msgid "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
msgstr "FALSE removes outside bevel from entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:476 gtk/gtktext.c:761
msgid "Invisible character"
msgstr "Invisible character"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:477
msgid "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking entry contents (in “password mode”)"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:483 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:415 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:290
#: gtk/gtktext.c:768
msgid "Activates default"
msgstr "Activates default"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:484 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:416 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:291
#: gtk/gtktext.c:769
msgid ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialog) when Enter is pressed"
msgstr ""
"Whether to activate the default widget (such as the default button in a "
"dialogue) when Enter is pressed"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:490 gtk/gtktext.c:775
msgid "Scroll offset"
msgstr "Scroll offset"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:491
msgid "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the entry scrolled off the screen to the left"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:503 gtk/gtktext.c:788
msgid "Truncate multiline"
msgstr "Truncate multiline"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:504 gtk/gtktext.c:789
msgid "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
msgstr "Whether to truncate multiline pastes to one line."
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:515 gtk/gtktext.c:800 gtk/gtktextview.c:992
msgid "Overwrite mode"
msgstr "Overwrite mode"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:516 gtk/gtktext.c:801
msgid "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
msgstr "Whether new text overwrites existing text"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:528
msgid "Length of the text currently in the entry"
msgstr "Length of the text currently in the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:540 gtk/gtktext.c:812
msgid "Invisible character set"
msgstr "Invisible character set"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:541 gtk/gtktext.c:813
msgid "Whether the invisible character has been set"
msgstr "Whether the invisible character has been set"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:552
msgid "Progress Fraction"
msgstr "Progress Fraction"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:553
msgid "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"
msgstr "The current fraction of the task that’s been completed"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:566
msgid "Progress Pulse Step"
msgstr "Progress Pulse Step"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:567
msgid ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
msgstr ""
"The fraction of total entry width to move the progress bouncing block for "
"each call to gtk_entry_progress_pulse()"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:581 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:409 gtk/gtksearchentry.c:284
msgid "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the entry when it’s empty and unfocused"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:592
msgid "Primary paintable"
msgstr "Primary paintable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:593
msgid "Primary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Primary paintable for the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:604
msgid "Secondary paintable"
msgstr "Secondary paintable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:605
msgid "Secondary paintable for the entry"
msgstr "Secondary paintable for the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:616
msgid "Primary icon name"
msgstr "Primary icon name"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:617
msgid "Icon name for primary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for primary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:628
msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgstr "Secondary icon name"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:629
msgid "Icon name for secondary icon"
msgstr "Icon name for secondary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:640
msgid "Primary GIcon"
msgstr "Primary GIcon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:641
msgid "GIcon for primary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for primary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:652
msgid "Secondary GIcon"
msgstr "Secondary GIcon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:653
msgid "GIcon for secondary icon"
msgstr "GIcon for secondary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:664
msgid "Primary storage type"
msgstr "Primary storage type"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:665
msgid "The representation being used for primary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for primary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:677
msgid "Secondary storage type"
msgstr "Secondary storage type"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:678
msgid "The representation being used for secondary icon"
msgstr "The representation being used for secondary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:696
msgid "Primary icon activatable"
msgstr "Primary icon activatable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:697
msgid "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is activatable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:714
msgid "Secondary icon activatable"
msgstr "Secondary icon activatable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:715
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is activatable"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:733
msgid "Primary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Primary icon sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:734
msgid "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the primary icon is sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:752
msgid "Secondary icon sensitive"
msgstr "Secondary icon sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:753
msgid "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
msgstr "Whether the secondary icon is sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:766
msgid "Primary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip text"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:767 gtk/gtkentry.c:796
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the primary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:780
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip text"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip text"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:781 gtk/gtkentry.c:811
msgid "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip on the secondary icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:795
msgid "Primary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Primary icon tooltip markup"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:810
msgid "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
msgstr "Secondary icon tooltip markup"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:827 gtk/gtktext.c:842 gtk/gtktextview.c:1018
msgid "IM module"
msgstr "IM module"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:828 gtk/gtktext.c:843 gtk/gtktextview.c:1019
msgid "Which IM module should be used"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:839
msgid "Completion"
msgstr "Completion"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:840
msgid "The auxiliary completion object"
msgstr "The auxiliary completion object"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:858 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:337 gtk/gtktext.c:861
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1034
msgid "Purpose"
msgstr "Purpose"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:859 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:338 gtk/gtktext.c:862
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1035
msgid "Purpose of the text field"
msgstr "Purpose of the text field"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:872 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:345 gtk/gtktext.c:875
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1050
msgid "hints"
msgstr "hints"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:873 gtk/gtkimcontext.c:346 gtk/gtktext.c:876
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1051
msgid "Hints for the text field behaviour"
msgstr "Hints for the text field behaviour"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:891
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:902 gtk/gtktext.c:905 gtk/gtktexttag.c:557
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:968
msgid "Tabs"
msgstr "Tabs"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:903
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:915
msgid "Emoji icon"
msgstr "Emoji icon"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:916
msgid "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for Emoji"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:928 gtk/gtklabel.c:953 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:435
#: gtk/gtktext.c:939 gtk/gtktextview.c:1074
msgid "Extra menu"
msgstr "Extra menu"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:929 gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:436
msgid "Model menu to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Model menu to append to the context menu"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:935 gtk/gtktext.c:912
msgid "Enable Emoji completion"
msgstr "Enable Emoji completion"
#: gtk/gtkentry.c:936 gtk/gtktext.c:913
msgid "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"
msgstr "Whether to suggest Emoji replacements"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:295
msgid "Completion Model"
msgstr "Completion Model"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:296
msgid "The model to find matches in"
msgstr "The model to find matches in"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:302
msgid "Minimum Key Length"
msgstr "Minimum Key Length"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:303
msgid "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
msgstr "Minimum length of the search key in order to look up matches"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:315 gtk/gtkiconview.c:394
msgid "Text column"
msgstr "Text column"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:316
msgid "The column of the model containing the strings."
msgstr "The column of the model containing the strings."
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:330
msgid "Inline completion"
msgstr "Inline completion"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:331
msgid "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
msgstr "Whether the common prefix should be inserted automatically"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:343
msgid "Popup completion"
msgstr "Popup completion"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:344
msgid "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
msgstr "Whether the completions should be shown in a popup window"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:356
msgid "Popup set width"
msgstr "Popup set width"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:357
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will have the same size as the entry"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:371
msgid "Popup single match"
msgstr "Popup single match"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:372
msgid "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
msgstr "If TRUE, the popup window will appear for a single match."
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:384
msgid "Inline selection"
msgstr "Inline selection"
#: gtk/gtkentrycompletion.c:385
msgid "Your description here"
msgstr "Your description here"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:198 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:363
#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:250
msgid "Widget"
msgstr "Widget"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:199
msgid "Widget the gesture relates to"
msgstr "Widget the gesture relates to"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:210
msgid "Propagation phase"
msgstr "Propagation phase"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:211
msgid "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"
msgstr "Propagation phase at which this controller is run"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:223
msgid "Propagation limit"
msgstr "Propagation limit"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:224
msgid "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"
msgstr "Propagation limit for events handled by this controller"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontroller.c:232
msgid "Name for this controller"
msgstr "Name for this controller"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:198
msgid "Is Focus"
msgstr "Is Focus"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:199
msgid "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in the controllers widget"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:216
msgid "Contains Focus"
msgstr "Contains Focus"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerfocus.c:217
msgid "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
msgstr "Whether the focus is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
#: gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:374 gtk/gtkeventcontrollerscroll.c:375
msgid "Flags"
msgstr "Flags"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:312 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1090
msgid "Expanded"
msgstr "Expanded"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:313
msgid "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
msgstr "Whether the expander has been opened to reveal the child widget"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:321
msgid "Text of the expander’s label"
msgstr "Text of the expander’s label"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:336 gtk/gtklabel.c:758 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1117
msgid "Use markup"
msgstr "Use markup"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:337 gtk/gtklabel.c:759
msgid "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the label includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:344 gtk/gtkframe.c:184
msgid "Label widget"
msgstr "Label widget"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:345
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual expander label"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:358
msgid "Resize toplevel"
msgstr "Resize toplevel"
#: gtk/gtkexpander.c:359
msgid ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
msgstr ""
"Whether the expander will resize the toplevel window upon expanding and "
"collapsing"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:510
msgid "Dialog"
msgstr "Dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:511
msgid "The file chooser dialog to use."
msgstr "The file chooser dialogue to use."
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:524
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog."
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue."
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:536
msgid "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
msgstr "The desired width of the button widget, in characters."
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserbutton.c:543
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects the alignment mode"
msgid "Whether to make the dialog modal"
msgstr "Whether to make the dialogue modal"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:84 gtk/gtkshortcut.c:161
msgid "Action"
msgstr "Action"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:85
msgid "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
msgstr "The type of operation that the file selector is performing"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:91 gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:565
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:92
msgid "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
msgstr "The current filter for selecting which files are displayed"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:97
msgid "Select Multiple"
msgstr "Select Multiple"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:98
msgid "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
msgstr "Whether to allow multiple files to be selected"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:113
#| msgid "Filter"
msgid "Filters"
msgstr "Filters"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:114
#| msgid "The model being filtered"
msgid "List model of filters"
msgstr "List model of filters"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:129
#| msgid "Shortcut Type"
msgid "Shortcut Folders"
msgstr "Shortcut Folders"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:130
msgid "List model of shortcut folders"
msgstr "List model of shortcut folders"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:142
msgid "Allow folder creation"
msgstr "Allow folder creation"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooser.c:143
msgid ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
msgstr ""
"Whether a file chooser not in open mode will offer the user to create new "
"folders."
#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:772
msgid "Accept label"
msgstr "Accept label"
#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:773
msgid "The label on the accept button"
msgstr "The label on the accept button"
#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:785
msgid "Cancel label"
msgstr "Cancel label"
#: gtk/gtkfilechoosernative.c:786
msgid "The label on the cancel button"
msgstr "The label on the cancel button"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7599 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7600
msgid "Search mode"
msgstr "Search mode"
#: gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7606 gtk/gtkfilechooserwidget.c:7607
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:634
msgid "Subtitle"
msgstr "Subtitle"
#: gtk/gtkfilefilter.c:234
#| msgid "The human-readable title of this item group"
msgid "The human-readable name for this filter"
msgstr "The human-readable name for this filter"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:566
#| msgid "If a filter is set for this model"
msgid "The filter set for this model"
msgstr "The filter set for this model"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:577 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:784
#| msgid "Step Increment"
msgid "Incremental"
msgstr "Incremental"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:578
msgid "Filter items incrementally"
msgstr "Filter items incrementally"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:590 gtk/gtkselectionfiltermodel.c:228
msgid "The model being filtered"
msgstr "The model being filtered"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:601 gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:808
#| msgid "Heading"
msgid "Pending"
msgstr "Pending"
#: gtk/gtkfilterlistmodel.c:602
#| msgid "Number of recently used files"
msgid "Number of items not yet filtered"
msgstr "Number of items not yet filtered"
#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:155
msgid "transform"
msgstr "transform"
#: gtk/gtkfixedlayout.c:156
#| msgid "The position of a child of a fixed layout"
msgid "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"
msgstr "The transform of a child of a fixed layout"
#: gtk/gtkflattenlistmodel.c:414
msgid "The model being flattened"
msgstr "The model being flattened"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3577 gtk/gtkiconview.c:361 gtk/gtklistbox.c:490
#: gtk/gtktreeselection.c:139
msgid "Selection mode"
msgstr "Selection mode"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3578 gtk/gtkiconview.c:362 gtk/gtklistbox.c:491
msgid "The selection mode"
msgstr "The selection mode"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3591 gtk/gtkiconview.c:590 gtk/gtklistbox.c:498
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1157
msgid "Activate on Single Click"
msgstr "Activate on Single Click"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3592 gtk/gtkiconview.c:591 gtk/gtklistbox.c:499
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1158
msgid "Activate row on a single click"
msgstr "Activate row on a single click"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3598 gtk/gtklistbox.c:505 gtk/gtklistbox.c:506
msgid "Accept unpaired release"
msgstr "Accept unpaired release"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3599
msgid "Accept an unpaired release event"
msgstr "Accept an unpaired release event"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3628
msgid "Minimum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Minimum Children Per Line"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3629
msgid ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."
msgstr ""
"The minimum number of children to allocate consecutively in the given "
"orientation."
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3642
msgid "Maximum Children Per Line"
msgstr "Maximum Children Per Line"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3643
msgid ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."
msgstr ""
"The maximum amount of children to request space for consecutively in the "
"given orientation."
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3655
msgid "Vertical spacing"
msgstr "Vertical spacing"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3656
msgid "The amount of vertical space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of vertical space between two children"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3667
msgid "Horizontal spacing"
msgstr "Horizontal spacing"
#: gtk/gtkflowbox.c:3668
msgid "The amount of horizontal space between two children"
msgstr "The amount of horizontal space between two children"
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:478
msgid "The title of the font chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the font chooser dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:491
msgid "Use font in label"
msgstr "Use font in label"
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:492
msgid "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn in the selected font"
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:505
msgid "Use size in label"
msgstr "Use size in label"
#: gtk/gtkfontbutton.c:506
msgid "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
msgstr "Whether the label is drawn with the selected font size"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:77
msgid "Font description"
msgstr "Font description"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:90
msgid "Preview text"
msgstr "Preview text"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:91
msgid "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
msgstr "The text to display in order to demonstrate the selected font"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:103
msgid "Show preview text entry"
msgstr "Show preview text entry"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:104
msgid "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
msgstr "Whether the preview text entry is shown or not"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:116
msgid "Selection level"
msgstr "Selection level"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:117
msgid "Whether to select family, face or font"
msgstr "Whether to select family, face or font"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:133
msgid "Font features"
msgstr "Font features"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:134
msgid "Font features as a string"
msgstr "Font features as a string"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooser.c:149
msgid "Language for which features have been selected"
msgstr "Language for which features have been selected"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:661
msgid "The tweak action"
msgstr "The tweak action"
#: gtk/gtkfontchooserwidget.c:662
msgid "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"
msgstr "The toggle action to switch to the tweak page"
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:170
msgid "Text of the frame’s label"
msgstr "Text of the frame’s label"
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:176
msgid "Label xalign"
msgstr "Label xalign"
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:177
msgid "The horizontal alignment of the label"
msgstr "The horizontal alignment of the label"
#: gtk/gtkframe.c:185
msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual frame label"
#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:757
msgid "Number of points"
msgstr "Number of points"
#: gtk/gtkgesture.c:758
msgid "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"
msgstr "Number of points needed to trigger the gesture"
#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:281
msgid "Delay factor"
msgstr "Delay factor"
#: gtk/gtkgesturelongpress.c:282
msgid "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"
msgstr "Factor by which to modify the default timeout"
#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:236 gtk/gtklistbase.c:1147 gtk/gtkorientable.c:60
msgid "Orientation"
msgstr "Orientation"
#: gtk/gtkgesturepan.c:237
msgid "Allowed orientations"
msgstr "Allowed orientations"
#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:265
msgid "Handle only touch events"
msgstr "Handle only touch events"
#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:266
msgid "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"
msgstr "Whether the gesture handles only touch events"
#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:278 gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:279
msgid "Whether the gesture is exclusive"
msgstr "Whether the gesture is exclusive"
#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:290
msgid "Button number"
msgstr "Button number"
#: gtk/gtkgesturesingle.c:291
msgid "Button number to listen to"
msgstr "Button number to listen to"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:798
msgid "Context"
msgstr "Context"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:799
msgid "The GL context"
msgstr "The GL context"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:819
msgid "Auto render"
msgstr "Auto render"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:820
msgid "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"
msgstr "Whether the GtkGLArea renders on each redraw"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:834
msgid "Has depth buffer"
msgstr "Has depth buffer"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:835
msgid "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a depth buffer is allocated"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:849
msgid "Has stencil buffer"
msgstr "Has stencil buffer"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:850
msgid "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"
msgstr "Whether a stencil buffer is allocated"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:866
msgid "Use OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Use OpenGL ES"
#: gtk/gtkglarea.c:867
msgid "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"
msgstr "Whether the context uses OpenGL or OpenGL ES"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:362 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1669
msgid "Row spacing"
msgstr "Row spacing"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:363 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1670
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive rows"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:369 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1681
msgid "Column spacing"
msgstr "Column spacing"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:370 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1682
msgid "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
msgstr "The amount of space between two consecutive columns"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:376 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1693
msgid "Row Homogeneous"
msgstr "Row Homogeneous"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:377 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1694
msgid "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
msgstr "If TRUE, the rows are all the same height"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:383 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1705
msgid "Column Homogeneous"
msgstr "Column Homogeneous"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:384 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1706
msgid "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
msgstr "If TRUE, the columns are all the same width"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:390 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1718
msgid "Baseline Row"
msgstr "Baseline Row"
#: gtk/gtkgrid.c:391 gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:1719
msgid "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
msgstr "The row to align the to the baseline when valign is GTK_ALIGN_BASELINE"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:167
#| msgid "ID Column"
msgid "Column"
msgstr "Column"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:168
#| msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgid "The column to place the child in"
msgstr "The column to place the child in"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:179
#| msgid "Rows"
msgid "Row"
msgstr "Row"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:180
#| msgid "The amount of space between children"
msgid "The row to place the child in"
msgstr "The row to place the child in"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:191
msgid "Column span"
msgstr "Column span"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:192
msgid "The number of columns that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of columns that a child spans"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:203
msgid "Row span"
msgstr "Row span"
#: gtk/gtkgridlayout.c:204
msgid "The number of rows that a child spans"
msgstr "The number of rows that a child spans"
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1069
#| msgid "Markup column"
msgid "Max columns"
msgstr "Max columns"
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1070
#| msgid "Number of columns"
msgid "Maximum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Maximum number of columns per row"
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1081
#| msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgid "Min columns"
msgstr "Min columns"
#: gtk/gtkgridview.c:1082
#| msgid "Number of columns"
msgid "Minimum number of columns per row"
msgstr "Minimum number of columns per row"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:561
#| msgid "Edit Widget"
msgid "Title Widget"
msgstr "Title Widget"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:562
#| msgid "Custom title widget to display"
msgid "Title widget to display"
msgstr "Title widget to display"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:578
msgid "Show title buttons"
msgstr "Show title buttons"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:579
msgid "Whether to show title buttons"
msgstr "Whether to show title buttons"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:595 gtk/gtksettings.c:827 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:511
msgid "Decoration Layout"
msgstr "Decoration Layout"
#: gtk/gtkheaderbar.c:596 gtk/gtksettings.c:828 gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:512
msgid "The layout for window decorations"
msgstr "The layout for window decorations"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1005 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1006
#| msgid "Secondary icon name"
msgid "Supported icon names"
msgstr "Supported icon names"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1023 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1024
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Search path"
msgstr "Search path"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1042 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1043
#| msgid "Resource"
msgid "Resource path"
msgstr "Resource path"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1058 gtk/gtkicontheme.c:1059
#| msgid "Theme Name"
msgid "Theme name"
msgstr "Theme name"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3571
msgid "file"
msgstr "file"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3572
#| msgid "The icon representing the volume"
msgid "The file representing the icon"
msgstr "The file representing the icon"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3582 gtk/gtkstack.c:354
msgid "Icon name"
msgstr "Icon name"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3583
#| msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgid "The icon name chosen during lookup"
msgstr "The icon name chosen during lookup"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3593
#| msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgid "Is symbolic"
msgstr "Is symbolic"
#: gtk/gtkicontheme.c:3594
#| msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgid "If the icon is symbolic"
msgstr "If the icon is symbolic"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:378
msgid "Pixbuf column"
msgstr "Pixbuf column"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:379
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the icon pixbuf from"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:395
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text from"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:412
msgid "Markup column"
msgstr "Markup column"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:413
msgid "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
msgstr "Model column used to retrieve the text if using Pango markup"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:420
msgid "Icon View Model"
msgstr "Icon View Model"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:421
msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgstr "The model for the icon view"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:435
msgid "Number of columns"
msgstr "Number of columns"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:436
msgid "Number of columns to display"
msgstr "Number of columns to display"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:451
msgid "Width for each item"
msgstr "Width for each item"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:452
msgid "The width used for each item"
msgstr "The width used for each item"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:466
msgid "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between cells of an item"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:479
msgid "Row Spacing"
msgstr "Row Spacing"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:480
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid rows"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:493
msgid "Column Spacing"
msgstr "Column Spacing"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:494
msgid "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
msgstr "Space which is inserted between grid columns"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:507
msgid "Margin"
msgstr "Margin"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:508
msgid "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
msgstr "Space which is inserted at the edges of the icon view"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:521
msgid "Item Orientation"
msgstr "Item Orientation"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:522
msgid ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
msgstr ""
"How the text and icon of each item are positioned relative to each other"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:537 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1024
msgid "View is reorderable"
msgstr "View is reorderable"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:544 gtk/gtktreeview.c:1143
msgid "Tooltip Column"
msgstr "Tooltip Column"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:545
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the items"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:560
msgid "Item Padding"
msgstr "Item Padding"
#: gtk/gtkiconview.c:561
msgid "Padding around icon view items"
msgstr "Padding around icon view items"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:168 gtk/gtkpicture.c:315
msgid "Paintable"
msgstr "Paintable"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:169
msgid "A GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "A GdkPaintable to display"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:176
msgid "Filename to load and display"
msgstr "Filename to load and display"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:182
msgid "Icon size"
msgstr "Icon size"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:183
msgid "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"
msgstr "Symbolic size to use for icon set or named icon"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:197
msgid "Pixel size"
msgstr "Pixel size"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:198
msgid "Pixel size to use for named icon"
msgstr "Pixel size to use for named icon"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:238
msgid "The resource path being displayed"
msgstr "The resource path being displayed"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:244
msgid "Storage type"
msgstr "Storage type"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:245
msgid "The representation being used for image data"
msgstr "The representation being used for image data"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:260
msgid "Use Fallback"
msgstr "Use Fallback"
#: gtk/gtkimage.c:261
msgid "Whether to use icon names fallback"
msgstr "Whether to use icon names fallback"
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:359 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:164
msgid "Message Type"
msgstr "Message Type"
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:360 gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:165
msgid "The type of message"
msgstr "The type of message"
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:372 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:318
msgid "Show Close Button"
msgstr "Show Close Button"
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:373
msgid "Whether to include a standard close button"
msgstr "Whether to include a standard close button"
#: gtk/gtkinfobar.c:380
msgid "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"
msgstr "Controls whether the info bar shows its contents or not"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:745
msgid "The text of the label"
msgstr "The text of the label"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:752
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the label"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:772 gtk/gtktexttag.c:382 gtk/gtktextview.c:877
msgid "Justification"
msgstr "Justification"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:773
msgid ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel:xalign for that"
msgstr ""
"The alignment of the lines in the text of the label relative to each other. "
"This does NOT affect the alignment of the label within its allocation. See "
"GtkLabel::xalign for that"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:804
msgid "Y align"
msgstr "Y align"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:805
msgid "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
msgstr "The vertical alignment, from 0 (top) to 1 (bottom)"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:812
msgid "Line wrap"
msgstr "Line wrap"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:813
msgid "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
msgstr "If set, wrap lines if the text becomes too wide"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:826
msgid "Line wrap mode"
msgstr "Line wrap mode"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:827
msgid "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
msgstr "If wrap is set, controls how linewrapping is done"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:835
msgid "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the label text can be selected with the mouse"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:841
msgid "Mnemonic key"
msgstr "Mnemonic key"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:842
msgid "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
msgstr "The mnemonic accelerator key for this label"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:849
msgid "Mnemonic widget"
msgstr "Mnemonic widget"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:850
msgid "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"
msgstr "The widget to be activated when the label’s mnemonic key is pressed"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:872
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the label does not have "
"enough room to display the entire string"
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the label does "
"not have enough room to display the entire string"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:906
msgid "Single Line Mode"
msgstr "Single Line Mode"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:907
msgid "Whether the label is in single line mode"
msgstr "Whether the label is in single line mode"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:924
msgid "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
msgstr "The desired maximum width of the label, in characters"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:939
msgid "Number of lines"
msgstr "Number of lines"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:940
msgid "The desired number of lines, when ellipsizing a wrapping label"
msgstr "The desired number of lines, when ellipsising a wrapping label"
#: gtk/gtklabel.c:954 gtk/gtktext.c:940 gtk/gtktextview.c:1075
msgid "Menu model to append to the context menu"
msgstr "Menu model to append to the context menu"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:946
msgid "Currently filled value level"
msgstr "Currently filled value level"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:947
msgid "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
msgstr "Currently filled value level of the level bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:959
msgid "Minimum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level for the bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:960
msgid "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Minimum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:972
msgid "Maximum value level for the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level for the bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:973
msgid "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
msgstr "Maximum value level that can be displayed by the bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:991
msgid "The mode of the value indicator"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:992
msgid "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
msgstr "The mode of the value indicator displayed by the bar"
#: gtk/gtklevelbar.c:1006
msgid "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
msgstr "Invert the direction in which the level bar grows"
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:181
msgid "URI"
msgstr "URI"
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:182
msgid "The URI bound to this button"
msgstr "The URI bound to this button"
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:195
msgid "Visited"
msgstr "Visited"
#: gtk/gtklinkbutton.c:196
msgid "Whether this link has been visited."
msgstr "Whether this link has been visited."
#: gtk/gtklistbase.c:1148 gtk/gtkorientable.c:61
msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgstr "The orientation of the orientable"
#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:512 gtk/gtklistview.c:852
msgid "Show separators"
msgstr "Show separators"
#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3449
msgid "Whether this row can be activated"
msgstr "Whether this row can be activated"
#: gtk/gtklistbox.c:3461
msgid "Whether this row can be selected"
msgstr "Whether this row can be selected"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:174
#| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgid "If the item can be activated by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be activated by the user"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:186
#| msgid "Icon set to display"
msgid "Widget used for display"
msgstr "Widget used for display"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:197 gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:471 gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1102
msgid "Item"
msgstr "Item"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:198
#| msgid "Display"
msgid "Displayed item"
msgstr "Displayed item"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:209 gtk/gtknotebook.c:602 gtk/gtkpaned.c:447
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1635
msgid "Position"
msgstr "Position"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:210
#| msgid "Position of the selected item"
msgid "Position of the item"
msgstr "Position of the item"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:222
#| msgid "Whether the text can be modified by the user"
msgid "If the item can be selected by the user"
msgstr "If the item can be selected by the user"
#: gtk/gtklistitem.c:234
#| msgid "The item which is currently active"
msgid "If the item is currently selected"
msgstr "If the item is currently selected"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:265
msgid "Permission"
msgstr "Permission"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:266
msgid "The GPermission object controlling this button"
msgstr "The GPermission object controlling this button"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:273
msgid "Lock Text"
msgstr "Lock Text"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:274
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to lock"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:282
msgid "Unlock Text"
msgstr "Unlock Text"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:283
msgid "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The text to display when prompting the user to unlock"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:291
msgid "Lock Tooltip"
msgstr "Lock Tooltip"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:292
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to lock"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:300
msgid "Unlock Tooltip"
msgstr "Unlock Tooltip"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:301
msgid "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
msgstr "The tooltip to display when prompting the user to unlock"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:309
msgid "Not Authorized Tooltip"
msgstr "Not Authorised Tooltip"
#: gtk/gtklockbutton.c:310
msgid ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorization"
msgstr ""
"The tooltip to display when prompting the user cannot obtain authorisation"
#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:185
msgid "Inspected"
msgstr "Inspected"
#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:186
msgid "Inspected widget"
msgstr "Inspected widget"
#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:192 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:193
msgid "magnification"
msgstr "magnification"
#: gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:199 gtk/gtkmagnifier.c:200
msgid "resize"
msgstr "resize"
#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:363
msgid "has map"
msgstr "has map"
#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:364
msgid "If a map is set for this model"
msgstr "If a map is set for this model"
#: gtk/gtkmaplistmodel.c:376
msgid "The model being mapped"
msgstr "The model being mapped"
#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:276 gtk/gtkvideo.c:320
msgid "Media Stream"
msgstr "Media Stream"
#: gtk/gtkmediacontrols.c:277
msgid "The media stream managed"
msgstr "The media stream managed"
#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:162
msgid "File being played back"
msgstr "File being played back"
#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:173
msgid "Input stream"
msgstr "Input stream"
#: gtk/gtkmediafile.c:174
msgid "Input stream being played back"
msgstr "Input stream being played back"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:301
msgid "Prepared"
msgstr "Prepared"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:302
msgid "Whether the stream has finished initializing"
msgstr "Whether the stream has finished initialising"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:313
msgid "Error"
msgstr "Error"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:314
msgid "Error the stream is in"
msgstr "Error the stream is in"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:325
msgid "Has audio"
msgstr "Has audio"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:326
msgid "Whether the stream contains audio"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains audio"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:337
msgid "Has video"
msgstr "Has video"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:338
msgid "Whether the stream contains video"
msgstr "Whether the stream contains video"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:349
msgid "Playing"
msgstr "Playing"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:350
msgid "Whether the stream is playing"
msgstr "Whether the stream is playing"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:361
msgid "Ended"
msgstr "Ended"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:362
msgid "Set when playback has finished"
msgstr "Set when playback has finished"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:373
msgid "Timestamp"
msgstr "Timestamp"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:374 gtk/gtkmediastream.c:386
msgid "Timestamp in microseconds"
msgstr "Timestamp in microseconds"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:385
msgid "Duration"
msgstr "Duration"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:397
msgid "Seekable"
msgstr "Seekable"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:398
msgid "Set unless seeking is not supported"
msgstr "Set unless seeking is not supported"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:409
msgid "Seeking"
msgstr "Seeking"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:410
msgid "Set while a seek is in progress"
msgstr "Set while a seek is in progress"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:421 gtk/gtkvideo.c:308
msgid "Loop"
msgstr "Loop"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:422
msgid "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."
msgstr "Try to restart the media from the beginning once it ended."
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:433
msgid "Muted"
msgstr "Muted"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:434
msgid "Whether the audio stream should be muted."
msgstr "Whether the audio stream should be muted."
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:445
msgid "Volume"
msgstr "Volume"
#: gtk/gtkmediastream.c:446
msgid "Volume of the audio stream."
msgstr "Volume of the audio stream."
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:359 gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:593 gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:524
msgid "Menu model"
msgstr "Menu model"
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:360
msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgstr "The model from which the popup is made."
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:373
msgid "The direction the arrow should point."
msgstr "The direction the arrow should point."
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:385 gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1149
msgid "Popover"
msgstr "Popover"
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:386
msgid "The popover"
msgstr "The popover"
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:400
msgid "The label for the button"
msgstr "The label for the button"
#: gtk/gtkmenubutton.c:413
#| msgid "Has Frame"
msgid "Has frame"
msgstr "Has frame"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:172
msgid "Message Buttons"
msgstr "Message Buttons"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:173
msgid "The buttons shown in the message dialog"
msgstr "The buttons shown in the message dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:188
msgid "The primary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The primary text of the message dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:201
msgid "Use Markup"
msgstr "Use Markup"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:202
msgid "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The primary text of the title includes Pango markup."
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:214
msgid "Secondary Text"
msgstr "Secondary Text"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:215
msgid "The secondary text of the message dialog"
msgstr "The secondary text of the message dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:228
msgid "Use Markup in secondary"
msgstr "Use Markup in secondary"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:229
msgid "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
msgstr "The secondary text includes Pango markup."
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:243
msgid "Message area"
msgstr "Message area"
#: gtk/gtkmessagedialog.c:244
msgid "GtkBox that holds the dialog’s primary and secondary labels"
msgstr "GtkBox that holds the dialogue’s primary and secondary labels"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1077
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Role"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1078
msgid "The role of this button"
msgstr "The role of this button"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1092
msgid "The icon"
msgstr "The icon"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1104
msgid "The text"
msgstr "The text"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1118
msgid "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
msgstr "The text of the button includes XML markup. See pango_parse_markup()"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1142
msgid "Menu name"
msgstr "Menu name"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1143
msgid "The name of the menu to open"
msgstr "The name of the menu to open"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1150
#| msgid "Popover"
msgid "Popover to open"
msgstr "Popover to open"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1163
msgid "Iconic"
msgstr "Iconic"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1164
msgid "Whether to prefer the icon over text"
msgstr "Whether to prefer the icon over text"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1177
msgid "Size group"
msgstr "Size group"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1178
msgid "Size group for checks and radios"
msgstr "Size group for checks and radios"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1183
msgid "Accel"
msgstr "Accel"
#: gtk/gtkmodelbutton.c:1184
msgid "The accelerator"
msgstr "The accelerator"
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:176
msgid "The parent window"
msgstr "The parent window"
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:183
msgid "Is Showing"
msgstr "Is Showing"
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:184
msgid "Are we showing a dialog"
msgstr "Are we showing a dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkmountoperation.c:192
msgid "The display where this window will be displayed."
msgstr "The display where this window will be displayed."
#: gtk/gtkmultiselection.c:357
msgid "List managed by this selection"
msgstr "List managed by this selection"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:214
msgid "Dialog Title"
msgstr "Dialogue Title"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:215
msgid "The title of the file chooser dialog"
msgstr "The title of the file chooser dialogue"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:227
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the dialog is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the dialogue is modal (other windows are not usable while this one "
"is up)"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:239
msgid "Whether the dialog is currently visible"
msgstr "Whether the dialogue is currently visible"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:250 gtk/gtkwindow.c:873
msgid "Transient for Window"
msgstr "Transient for Window"
#: gtk/gtknativedialog.c:251 gtk/gtkwindow.c:874
msgid "The transient parent of the dialog"
msgstr "The transient parent of the dialogue"
#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:204 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:439
msgid "The model"
msgstr "The model"
#: gtk/gtknoselection.c:205 gtk/gtksingleselection.c:440
msgid "The model being managed"
msgstr "The model being managed"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:568
msgid "The child for this page"
msgstr "The child for this page"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:574
msgid "Tab"
msgstr "Tab"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:575
msgid "The tab widget for this page"
msgstr "The tab widget for this page"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:581
msgid "Menu"
msgstr "Menu"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:582
msgid "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"
msgstr "The label widget displayed in the child’s menu entry"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:588
msgid "Tab label"
msgstr "Tab label"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:589
msgid "The text of the tab widget"
msgstr "The text of the tab widget"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:595
msgid "Menu label"
msgstr "Menu label"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:596
msgid "The text of the menu widget"
msgstr "The text of the menu widget"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:603
msgid "The index of the child in the parent"
msgstr "The index of the child in the parent"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:609
msgid "Tab expand"
msgstr "Tab expand"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:610
msgid "Whether to expand the child’s tab"
msgstr "Whether to expand the child’s tab"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:616
msgid "Tab fill"
msgstr "Tab fill"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:617
msgid "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"
msgstr "Whether the child’s tab should fill the allocated area"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:623
msgid "Tab reorderable"
msgstr "Tab reorderable"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:624
msgid "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
msgstr "Whether the tab is reorderable by user action"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:630
msgid "Tab detachable"
msgstr "Tab detachable"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:631
msgid "Whether the tab is detachable"
msgstr "Whether the tab is detachable"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1048
msgid "Page"
msgstr "Page"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1049
msgid "The index of the current page"
msgstr "The index of the current page"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1056
msgid "Tab Position"
msgstr "Tab Position"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1057
msgid "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
msgstr "Which side of the notebook holds the tabs"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1064
msgid "Show Tabs"
msgstr "Show Tabs"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1065
msgid "Whether tabs should be shown"
msgstr "Whether tabs should be shown"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1071
msgid "Show Border"
msgstr "Show Border"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1072
msgid "Whether the border should be shown"
msgstr "Whether the border should be shown"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1078
msgid "Scrollable"
msgstr "Scrollable"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1079
msgid "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
msgstr "If TRUE, scroll arrows are added if there are too many tabs to fit"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1085
msgid "Enable Popup"
msgstr "Enable Popup"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1086
msgid ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, pressing the right mouse button on the notebook pops up a menu that "
"you can use to go to a page"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1097
msgid "Group Name"
msgstr "Group Name"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1098
msgid "Group name for tab drag and drop"
msgstr "Group name for tab drag and drop"
#: gtk/gtknotebook.c:1105
msgid "The pages of the notebook."
msgstr "The pages of the notebook."
#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:551 gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:253
#: gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:297
msgid "Expression to compare with"
msgstr "Expression to compare with"
#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:561 gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:391
msgid "Sort order"
msgstr "Sort order"
#: gtk/gtknumericsorter.c:562
#| msgid "Whether to reserve space for a subtitle"
msgid "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"
msgstr "Whether to sort smaller numbers first"
#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:146
msgid "Measure"
msgstr "Measure"
#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:147
msgid "Include in size measurement"
msgstr "Include in size measurement"
#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:157
msgid "Clip Overlay"
msgstr "Clip Overlay"
#: gtk/gtkoverlaylayout.c:158
msgid "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"
msgstr "Clip the overlay child widget so as to fit the parent"
#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:369
msgid "Action group"
msgstr "Action group"
#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:370
msgid "Action group to launch actions from"
msgstr "Action group to launch actions from"
#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:375
msgid "Pad device"
msgstr "Pad device"
#: gtk/gtkpadcontroller.c:376
msgid "Pad device to control"
msgstr "Pad device to control"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:448
msgid ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
msgstr ""
"Position of paned separator in pixels (0 means all the way to the left/top)"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:454
msgid "Position Set"
msgstr "Position Set"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:455
msgid "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
msgstr "TRUE if the Position property should be used"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:468
msgid "Minimal Position"
msgstr "Minimal Position"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:469
msgid "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Smallest possible value for the “position” property"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:482
msgid "Maximal Position"
msgstr "Maximal Position"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:483
msgid "Largest possible value for the “position” property"
msgstr "Largest possible value for the “position” property"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:496
msgid "Wide Handle"
msgstr "Wide Handle"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:497
msgid "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"
msgstr "Whether the paned should have a prominent handle"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:509
msgid "Resize first child"
msgstr "Resize first child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:510
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the first child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:522
msgid "Resize second child"
msgstr "Resize second child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:523
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the second child expands and shrinks along with the paned widget"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:535
msgid "Shrink first child"
msgstr "Shrink first child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:536
msgid "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the first child can be made smaller than its requisition"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:548
msgid "Shrink second child"
msgstr "Shrink second child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:549
msgid "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"
msgstr "If TRUE, the second child can be made smaller than its requisition"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:555
#| msgid "Resize first child"
msgid "First child"
msgstr "First child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:556
#| msgid "Resize first child"
msgid "The first child"
msgstr "The first child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:562
#| msgid "Shrink second child"
msgid "Second child"
msgstr "Second child"
#: gtk/gtkpaned.c:563
#| msgid "Resize second child"
msgid "The second child"
msgstr "The second child"
#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:422
msgid "Show Peek Icon"
msgstr "Show Peek Icon"
#: gtk/gtkpasswordentry.c:423
msgid "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"
msgstr "Whether to show an icon for revealing the content"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:316
msgid "The GdkPaintable to display"
msgstr "The GdkPaintable to display"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:328
msgid "File to load and display"
msgstr "File to load and display"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:339
msgid "Alternative text"
msgstr "Alternative text"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:340
msgid "The alternative textual description"
msgstr "The alternative textual description"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:352
msgid "Keep aspect ratio"
msgstr "Keep aspect ratio"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:353
msgid "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"
msgstr "Render contents respecting the aspect ratio"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:364
msgid "Can shrink"
msgstr "Can shrink"
#: gtk/gtkpicture.c:365
msgid "Allow self to be smaller than contents"
msgstr "Allow self to be smaller than contents"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4343
msgid "Location to Select"
msgstr "Location to Select"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4344
msgid "The location to highlight in the sidebar"
msgstr "The location to highlight in the sidebar"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4349 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2253
msgid "Open Flags"
msgstr "Open Flags"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4350 gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2254
msgid ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"
msgstr ""
"Modes in which the calling application can open locations selected in the "
"sidebar"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4356
msgid "Show recent files"
msgstr "Show recent files"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4357
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut for recent files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a built-in shortcut for recent files"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4362
msgid "Show “Desktop”"
msgstr "Show “Desktop”"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4363
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Desktop folder"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4368
msgid "Show “Enter Location”"
msgstr "Show “Enter Location”"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4369
msgid ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"
msgstr ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to manually enter a location"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4374
msgid "Show “Trash”"
msgstr "Show “Wastebasket”"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4375
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to the Trash location"
msgstr ""
"Whether the sidebar includes a built-in shortcut to the Wastebasket location"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4380
msgid "Show “Other locations”"
msgstr "Show “Other locations”"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4381
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show external locations"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4386
msgid "Show “Starred Location”"
msgstr "Show “Starred Location”"
#: gtk/gtkplacessidebar.c:4387
msgid "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"
msgstr "Whether the sidebar includes an item to show starred files"
#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2239
msgid "Loading"
msgstr "Loading"
#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2240
msgid "Whether the view is loading locations"
msgstr "Whether the view is loading locations"
#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2246
msgid "Fetching networks"
msgstr "Fetching networks"
#: gtk/gtkplacesview.c:2247
msgid "Whether the view is fetching networks"
msgstr "Whether the view is fetching networks"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:339
msgid "Icon of the row"
msgstr "Icon of the row"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:340
msgid "The icon representing the volume"
msgstr "The icon representing the volume"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:346
msgid "Name of the volume"
msgstr "Name of the volume"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:347
msgid "The name of the volume"
msgstr "The name of the volume"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:353
msgid "Path of the volume"
msgstr "Path of the volume"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:354
msgid "The path of the volume"
msgstr "The path of the volume"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:360
msgid "Volume represented by the row"
msgstr "Volume represented by the row"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:361
msgid "The volume represented by the row"
msgstr "The volume represented by the row"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:367
msgid "Mount represented by the row"
msgstr "Mount represented by the row"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:368
msgid "The mount point represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The mount point represented by the row, if any"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:374
msgid "File represented by the row"
msgstr "File represented by the row"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:375
msgid "The file represented by the row, if any"
msgstr "The file represented by the row, if any"
#: gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:381 gtk/gtkplacesviewrow.c:382
msgid "Whether the row represents a network location"
msgstr "Whether the row represents a network location"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1628
msgid "Pointing to"
msgstr "Pointing to"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1629
msgid "Rectangle the bubble window points to"
msgstr "Rectangle the bubble window points to"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1636
msgid "Position to place the bubble window"
msgstr "Position to place the bubble window"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1643
#| msgid "Whether to dismiss the popver on outside clicks"
msgid "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"
msgstr "Whether to dismiss the popover on outside clicks"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1649 gtk/gtkwindow.c:907
msgid "Default widget"
msgstr "Default widget"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1650 gtk/gtkwindow.c:908
msgid "The default widget"
msgstr "The default widget"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1656
msgid "Has Arrow"
msgstr "Has Arrow"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1657
msgid "Whether to draw an arrow"
msgstr "Whether to draw an arrow"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1663
#| msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgid "Mnemonics visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics visible"
#: gtk/gtkpopover.c:1664
#| msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this popover"
#: gtk/gtkpopovermenubar.c:594
msgid "The model from which the bar is made."
msgstr "The model from which the bar is made."
#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:516
msgid "Visible submenu"
msgstr "Visible submenu"
#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:517
msgid "The name of the visible submenu"
msgstr "The name of the visible submenu"
#: gtk/gtkpopovermenu.c:525
#| msgid "The model from which the popup is made."
msgid "The model from which the menu is made."
msgstr "The model from which the menu is made."
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:122
msgid "Name of the printer"
msgstr "Name of the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:128
msgid "Backend"
msgstr "Backend"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:129
msgid "Backend for the printer"
msgstr "Backend for the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:135
msgid "Is Virtual"
msgstr "Is Virtual"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:136
msgid "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
msgstr "FALSE if this represents a real hardware printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:142
msgid "Accepts PDF"
msgstr "Accepts PDF"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:143
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PDF"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:149
msgid "Accepts PostScript"
msgstr "Accepts PostScript"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:150
msgid "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer can accept PostScript"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:156
msgid "State Message"
msgstr "State Message"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:157
msgid "String giving the current state of the printer"
msgstr "String giving the current state of the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:163
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Location"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:164
msgid "The location of the printer"
msgstr "The location of the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:171
msgid "The icon name to use for the printer"
msgstr "The icon name to use for the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:177
msgid "Job Count"
msgstr "Job Count"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:178
msgid "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
msgstr "Number of jobs queued in the printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:194
msgid "Paused Printer"
msgstr "Paused Printer"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:195
msgid "TRUE if this printer is paused"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is paused"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:206
msgid "Accepting Jobs"
msgstr "Accepting Jobs"
#: gtk/gtkprinter.c:207
msgid "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
msgstr "TRUE if this printer is accepting new jobs"
#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:103
msgid "Option Value"
msgstr "Option Value"
#: gtk/gtkprinteroption.c:104
msgid "Value of the option"
msgstr "Value of the option"
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:129
msgid "Source option"
msgstr "Source option"
#: gtk/gtkprinteroptionwidget.c:130
msgid "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
msgstr "The PrinterOption backing this widget"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:145
msgid "Title of the print job"
msgstr "Title of the print job"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:153
msgid "Printer"
msgstr "Printer"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:154
msgid "Printer to print the job to"
msgstr "Printer to print the job to"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:162
msgid "Settings"
msgstr "Settings"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:163
msgid "Printer settings"
msgstr "Printer settings"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:171 gtk/gtkprintjob.c:172 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:382
msgid "Page Setup"
msgstr "Page Setup"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:180 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1192
msgid "Track Print Status"
msgstr "Track Print Status"
#: gtk/gtkprintjob.c:181
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print job will continue to emit status-changed signals after the "
"print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1076
msgid "Default Page Setup"
msgstr "Default Page Setup"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1077
msgid "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup used by default"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1093 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:400
msgid "Print Settings"
msgstr "Print Settings"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1094 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:401
msgid "The GtkPrintSettings used for initializing the dialog"
msgstr "The GtkPrintSettings used for initialising the dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1110
msgid "Job Name"
msgstr "Job Name"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1111
msgid "A string used for identifying the print job."
msgstr "A string used for identifying the print job."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1133
msgid "Number of Pages"
msgstr "Number of Pages"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1134
msgid "The number of pages in the document."
msgstr "The number of pages in the document."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1153 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:390
msgid "Current Page"
msgstr "Current Page"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1154 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:391
msgid "The current page in the document"
msgstr "The current page in the document"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1173
msgid "Use full page"
msgstr "Use full page"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1174
msgid ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the origin of the context should be at the corner of the page and "
"not the corner of the imageable area"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1193
msgid ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
msgstr ""
"TRUE if the print operation will continue to report on the print job status "
"after the print data has been sent to the printer or print server."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1208
msgid "Unit"
msgstr "Unit"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1209
msgid "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
msgstr "The unit in which distances can be measured in the context"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1224
msgid "Show Dialog"
msgstr "Show Dialogue"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1225
msgid "TRUE if a progress dialog is shown while printing."
msgstr "TRUE if a progress dialogue is shown while printing."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1246
msgid "Allow Async"
msgstr "Allow Async"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1247
msgid "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
msgstr "TRUE if print process may run asynchronous."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1267 gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1268
msgid "Export filename"
msgstr "Export filename"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1280
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1281
msgid "The status of the print operation"
msgstr "The status of the print operation"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1299
msgid "Status String"
msgstr "Status String"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1300
msgid "A human-readable description of the status"
msgstr "A human-readable description of the status"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1316
msgid "Custom tab label"
msgstr "Custom tab label"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1317
msgid "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
msgstr "Label for the tab containing custom widgets."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1330 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:425
msgid "Support Selection"
msgstr "Support Selection"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1331
msgid "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
msgstr "TRUE if the print operation will support print of selection."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1345 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:433
msgid "Has Selection"
msgstr "Has Selection"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1346
msgid "TRUE if a selection exists."
msgstr "TRUE if a selection exists."
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1359 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:441
msgid "Embed Page Setup"
msgstr "Embed Page Setup"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1360 gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:442
msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintUnixDialog"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1379
msgid "Number of Pages To Print"
msgstr "Number of Pages To Print"
#: gtk/gtkprintoperation.c:1380
msgid "The number of pages that will be printed."
msgstr "The number of pages that will be printed."
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:383
msgid "The GtkPageSetup to use"
msgstr "The GtkPageSetup to use"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:408
msgid "Selected Printer"
msgstr "Selected Printer"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:409
msgid "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
msgstr "The GtkPrinter which is selected"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:416
msgid "Manual Capabilities"
msgstr "Manual Capabilities"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:417
msgid "Capabilities the application can handle"
msgstr "Capabilities the application can handle"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:426
msgid "Whether the dialog supports selection"
msgstr "Whether the dialogue supports selection"
#: gtk/gtkprintunixdialog.c:434
msgid "Whether the application has a selection"
msgstr "Whether the application has a selection"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:193
msgid "Fraction"
msgstr "Fraction"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:194
msgid "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
msgstr "The fraction of total work that has been completed"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:201
msgid "Pulse Step"
msgstr "Pulse Step"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:202
msgid "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
msgstr "The fraction of total progress to move the bouncing block when pulsed"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:210
msgid "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
msgstr "Text to be displayed in the progress bar"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:229
msgid "Show text"
msgstr "Show text"
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:230
msgid "Whether the progress is shown as text."
msgstr "Whether the progress is shown as text."
#: gtk/gtkprogressbar.c:249
msgid ""
"The preferred place to ellipsize the string, if the progress bar does not "
"have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
msgstr ""
"The preferred place to place an ellipsis in the string, if the progress bar "
"does not have enough room to display the entire string, if at all."
#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:388
msgid "type"
msgstr "type"
#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:389
msgid "Name of the property used for lookups"
msgstr "Name of the property used for lookups"
#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:400
msgid "Object"
msgstr "Object"
#: gtk/gtkpropertylookuplistmodel.c:401
msgid "The root object"
msgstr "The root object"
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:203
msgid "Group"
msgstr "Group"
#: gtk/gtkradiobutton.c:204
msgid "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
msgstr "The radio button whose group this widget belongs to."
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:366
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this range object"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:373
msgid "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
msgstr "Invert direction slider moves to increase range value"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:386
msgid "Show Fill Level"
msgstr "Show Fill Level"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:387
msgid "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
msgstr "Whether to display a fill level indicator graphics on trough."
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:400
msgid "Restrict to Fill Level"
msgstr "Restrict to Fill Level"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:401
msgid "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
msgstr "Whether to restrict the upper boundary to the fill level."
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:413
msgid "Fill Level"
msgstr "Fill Level"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:414
msgid "The fill level."
msgstr "The fill level."
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:427
msgid "Round Digits"
msgstr "Round Digits"
#: gtk/gtkrange.c:428
msgid "The number of digits to round the value to."
msgstr "The number of digits to round the value to."
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:282
msgid "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
msgstr "The full path to the file to be used to store and read the list"
#: gtk/gtkrecentmanager.c:295
msgid "The size of the recently used resources list"
msgstr "The size of the recently used resources list"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:323 gtk/gtkstack.c:732
msgid "Transition type"
msgstr "Transition type"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:324 gtk/gtkstack.c:732
msgid "The type of animation used to transition"
msgstr "The type of animation used to transition"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:331 gtk/gtkstack.c:728
msgid "Transition duration"
msgstr "Transition duration"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:332 gtk/gtkstack.c:728
msgid "The animation duration, in milliseconds"
msgstr "The animation duration, in milliseconds"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:338
msgid "Reveal Child"
msgstr "Reveal Child"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:339
msgid "Whether the container should reveal the child"
msgstr "Whether the container should reveal the child"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:345
msgid "Child Revealed"
msgstr "Child Revealed"
#: gtk/gtkrevealer.c:346
msgid "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"
msgstr "Whether the child is revealed and the animation target reached"
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:206
msgid "The value of the scale"
msgstr "The value of the scale"
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:216
msgid ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
msgstr ""
"The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scale button object"
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:242
msgid "Icons"
msgstr "Icons"
#: gtk/gtkscalebutton.c:243
msgid "List of icon names"
msgstr "List of icon names"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:678
msgid "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
msgstr "The number of decimal places that are displayed in the value"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:685
msgid "Draw Value"
msgstr "Draw Value"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:686
msgid "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
msgstr "Whether the current value is displayed as a string next to the slider"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:692
msgid "Has Origin"
msgstr "Has Origin"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:693
msgid "Whether the scale has an origin"
msgstr "Whether the scale has an origin"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:699
msgid "Value Position"
msgstr "Value Position"
#: gtk/gtkscale.c:700
msgid "The position in which the current value is displayed"
msgstr "The position in which the current value is displayed"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:75
msgid "Horizontal adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:76
msgid ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Horizontal adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:90
msgid "Vertical adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:91
msgid ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
msgstr ""
"Vertical adjustment that is shared between the scrollable widget and its "
"controller"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:105
msgid "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollable Policy"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:106 gtk/gtkscrollable.c:120
msgid "How the size of the content should be determined"
msgstr "How the size of the content should be determined"
#: gtk/gtkscrollable.c:119
msgid "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollable Policy"
#: gtk/gtkscrollbar.c:218
msgid "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment that contains the current value of this scrollbar"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:600
msgid "Horizontal Adjustment"
msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:601
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the horizontal position"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:607
msgid "Vertical Adjustment"
msgstr "Vertical Adjustment"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:608
msgid "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
msgstr "The GtkAdjustment for the vertical position"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:614
msgid "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Horizontal Scrollbar Policy"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:615
msgid "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the horizontal scrollbar is displayed"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:622
msgid "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
msgstr "Vertical Scrollbar Policy"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:623
msgid "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
msgstr "When the vertical scrollbar is displayed"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:630
msgid "Window Placement"
msgstr "Window Placement"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:631
msgid "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."
msgstr "Where the contents are located with respect to the scrollbars."
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:639
#| msgid "Whether the combo box draws a frame around the child"
msgid "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"
msgstr "Whether to draw a frame around the contents"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:650
msgid "Minimum Content Width"
msgstr "Minimum Content Width"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:651
msgid "The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:662
msgid "Minimum Content Height"
msgstr "Minimum Content Height"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:663
msgid ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The minimum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:675
msgid "Kinetic Scrolling"
msgstr "Kinetic Scrolling"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:676
msgid "Kinetic scrolling mode."
msgstr "Kinetic scrolling mode."
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:693
msgid "Overlay Scrolling"
msgstr "Overlay Scrolling"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:694
msgid "Overlay scrolling mode"
msgstr "Overlay scrolling mode"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:705
msgid "Maximum Content Width"
msgstr "Maximum Content Width"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:706
msgid "The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum width that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:717
msgid "Maximum Content Height"
msgstr "Maximum Content Height"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:718
msgid ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
msgstr ""
"The maximum height that the scrolled window will allocate to its content"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:733 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:734
msgid "Propagate Natural Width"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Width"
#: gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:749 gtk/gtkscrolledwindow.c:750
msgid "Propagate Natural Height"
msgstr "Propagate Natural Height"
#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:307
msgid "Search Mode Enabled"
msgstr "Search Mode Enabled"
#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:308
msgid "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"
msgstr "Whether the search mode is on and the search bar shown"
#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:319
msgid "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"
msgstr "Whether to show the close button in the toolbar"
#: gtk/gtksearchbar.c:331 gtk/gtksearchbar.c:332
#| msgid "Accelerator Widget"
msgid "Key Capture Widget"
msgstr "Key Capture Widget"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:329
msgid "Double Click Time"
msgstr "Double Click Time"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:330
msgid ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum time allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a double "
"click (in milliseconds)"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:336
msgid "Double Click Distance"
msgstr "Double Click Distance"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:337
msgid ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
msgstr ""
"Maximum distance allowed between two clicks for them to be considered a "
"double click (in pixels)"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:352
msgid "Cursor Blink"
msgstr "Cursor Blink"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:353
msgid "Whether the cursor should blink"
msgstr "Whether the cursor should blink"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:359
msgid "Cursor Blink Time"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Time"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:360
msgid "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
msgstr "Length of the cursor blink cycle, in milliseconds"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:376
msgid "Cursor Blink Timeout"
msgstr "Cursor Blink Timeout"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:377
msgid "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
msgstr "Time after which the cursor stops blinking, in seconds"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:383
msgid "Split Cursor"
msgstr "Split Cursor"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:384
msgid ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
msgstr ""
"Whether two cursors should be displayed for mixed left-to-right and right-to-"
"left text"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:391
#| msgid "Cursor Position"
msgid "Cursor Aspect Ratio"
msgstr "Cursor Aspect Ratio"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:392
#| msgid "The orientation of the orientable"
msgid "The aspect ratio of the text caret"
msgstr "The aspect ratio of the text caret"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:399
msgid "Theme Name"
msgstr "Theme Name"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:400
msgid "Name of theme to load"
msgstr "Name of theme to load"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:407
msgid "Icon Theme Name"
msgstr "Icon Theme Name"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:408
msgid "Name of icon theme to use"
msgstr "Name of icon theme to use"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:415
msgid "Drag threshold"
msgstr "Drag threshold"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:416
msgid "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
msgstr "Number of pixels the cursor can move before dragging"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:428
msgid "Font Name"
msgstr "Font Name"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:429
msgid "The default font family and size to use"
msgstr "The default font family and size to use"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:436
msgid "Xft Antialias"
msgstr "Xft Antialias"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:437
msgid "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to antialias Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:445
msgid "Xft Hinting"
msgstr "Xft Hinting"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:446
msgid "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
msgstr "Whether to hint Xft fonts; 0=no, 1=yes, -1=default"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:454
msgid "Xft Hint Style"
msgstr "Xft Hint Style"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:455
msgid ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
msgstr ""
"What degree of hinting to use; hintnone, hintslight, hintmedium, or hintfull"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:463
msgid "Xft RGBA"
msgstr "Xft RGBA"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:464
msgid "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
msgstr "Type of subpixel antialiasing; none, rgb, bgr, vrgb, vbgr"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:472
msgid "Xft DPI"
msgstr "Xft DPI"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:473
msgid "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
msgstr "Resolution for Xft, in 1024 * dots/inch. -1 to use default value"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:481
msgid "Cursor theme name"
msgstr "Cursor theme name"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:482
msgid "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
msgstr "Name of the cursor theme to use, or NULL to use the default theme"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:489
msgid "Cursor theme size"
msgstr "Cursor theme size"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:490
msgid "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
msgstr "Size to use for cursors, or 0 to use the default size"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:498
msgid "Alternative button order"
msgstr "Alternative button order"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:499
msgid "Whether buttons in dialogs should use the alternative button order"
msgstr "Whether buttons in dialogues should use the alternative button order"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:513
msgid "Alternative sort indicator direction"
msgstr "Alternative sort indicator direction"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:514
msgid ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
msgstr ""
"Whether the direction of the sort indicators in list and tree views is "
"inverted compared to the default (where down means ascending)"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:521
msgid "Enable Animations"
msgstr "Enable Animations"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:522
msgid "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
msgstr "Whether to enable toolkit-wide animations."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:539
msgid "Error Bell"
msgstr "Error Bell"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:540
msgid "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
msgstr "When TRUE, keyboard navigation and other errors will cause a beep"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:555
msgid "Default print backend"
msgstr "Default print backend"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:556
msgid "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
msgstr "List of the GtkPrintBackend backends to use by default"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:576
msgid "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Default command to run when displaying a print preview"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:577
msgid "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
msgstr "Command to run when displaying a print preview"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:590
msgid "Enable Accelerators"
msgstr "Enable Accelerators"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:591
msgid "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
msgstr "Whether menu items should have accelerators"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:609
msgid "Default IM module"
msgstr "Default IM module"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:610
msgid "Which IM module should be used by default"
msgstr "Which IM module should be used by default"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:625
msgid "Recent Files Max Age"
msgstr "Recent Files Max Age"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:626
msgid "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
msgstr "Maximum age of recently used files, in days"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:634
msgid "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
msgstr "Fontconfig configuration timestamp"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:635
msgid "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
msgstr "Timestamp of current fontconfig configuration"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:654
msgid "Sound Theme Name"
msgstr "Sound Theme Name"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:655
msgid "XDG sound theme name"
msgstr "XDG sound theme name"
#. Translators: this means sounds that are played as feedback to user input
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:674
msgid "Audible Input Feedback"
msgstr "Audible Input Feedback"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:675
msgid "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
msgstr "Whether to play event sounds as feedback to user input"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:693
msgid "Enable Event Sounds"
msgstr "Enable Event Sounds"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:694
msgid "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
msgstr "Whether to play any event sounds at all"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:713
msgid "Primary button warps slider"
msgstr "Primary button warps slider"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:714
msgid ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
msgstr ""
"Whether a primary click on the trough should warp the slider into position"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:736
msgid "Application prefers a dark theme"
msgstr "Application prefers a dark theme"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:737
msgid "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
msgstr "Whether the application prefers to have a dark theme."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:744 gtk/gtksettings.c:768
msgid "Select on focus"
msgstr "Select on focus"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:745
msgid "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
msgstr "Whether to select the contents of an entry when it is focused"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:759
msgid "Password Hint Timeout"
msgstr "Password Hint Timeout"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:760
msgid "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
msgstr "How long to show the last input character in hidden entries"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:769
msgid "Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
msgstr ""
"Whether to select the contents of a selectable label when it is focused"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:776
msgid "Desktop shell shows app menu"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows app menu"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:777
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the app menu, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:785
msgid "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
msgstr "Desktop shell shows the menubar"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:786
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the menubar, FALSE if "
"the app should display it itself."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:794
msgid "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"
msgstr "Desktop environment shows the desktop folder"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:795
msgid ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."
msgstr ""
"Set to TRUE if the desktop environment is displaying the desktop folder, "
"FALSE if not."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:843
msgid "Titlebar double-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar double-click action"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:844
msgid "The action to take on titlebar double-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar double-click"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:859
msgid "Titlebar middle-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar middle-click action"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:860
msgid "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar middle-click"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:875
msgid "Titlebar right-click action"
msgstr "Titlebar right-click action"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:876
msgid "The action to take on titlebar right-click"
msgstr "The action to take on titlebar right-click"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:892
msgid "Dialogs use header bar"
msgstr "Dialogues use header bar"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:893
msgid ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogs should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."
msgstr ""
"Whether builtin GTK dialogues should use a header bar instead of an action "
"area."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:906
msgid "Enable primary paste"
msgstr "Enable primary paste"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:907
msgid ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
msgstr ""
"Whether a middle click on a mouse should paste the “PRIMARY” clipboard "
"content at the cursor location."
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:920
msgid "Recent Files Enabled"
msgstr "Recent Files Enabled"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:921
msgid "Whether GTK remembers recent files"
msgstr "Whether GTK remembers recent files"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:933
msgid "Long press time"
msgstr "Long press time"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:934
msgid ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"
msgstr ""
"Time for a button/touch press to be considered a long press (in milliseconds)"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:948 gtk/gtksettings.c:949
msgid "Whether to show cursor in text"
msgstr "Whether to show cursor in text"
#: gtk/gtksettings.c:963 gtk/gtksettings.c:964
msgid "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"
msgstr "Whether to use overlay scrollbars"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:942
#| msgid "Section Name"
msgid "Signal Name"
msgstr "Signal Name"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:943
#| msgid "The name of the widget"
msgid "The name of the signal to emit"
msgstr "The name of the signal to emit"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1183 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:718
msgid "Action Name"
msgstr "Action Name"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutaction.c:1184
#| msgid "The name of the action"
msgid "The name of the action to activate"
msgstr "The name of the action to activate"
#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:162
#| msgid "The texture displayed by this cursor"
msgid "The action activated by this shortcut"
msgstr "The action activated by this shortcut"
#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:175
#| msgid "Alignment"
msgid "Arguments"
msgstr "Arguments"
#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:176
msgid "Arguments passed to activation"
msgstr "Arguments passed to activation"
#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:188
msgid "Trigger"
msgstr "Trigger"
#: gtk/gtkshortcut.c:189
#| msgid "The tab widget for this page"
msgid "The trigger for this shortcut"
msgstr "The trigger for this shortcut"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:545
#| msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgid "Mnemonic modifiers"
msgstr "Mnemonic modifiers"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:546
msgid "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"
msgstr "The modifiers to be pressed to allow mnemonics activation"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:559
#| msgid "Child model to take slice from"
msgid "A list model to take shortcuts from"
msgstr "A list model to take shortcuts from"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutcontroller.c:571
msgid "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"
msgstr "What scope the shortcuts will be handled in"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:485 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:579
msgid "Accelerator"
msgstr "Accelerator"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutlabel.c:495
msgid "Disabled text"
msgstr "Disabled text"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:293
msgid "View"
msgstr "View"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:306 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:307
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:660 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:661
msgid "Accelerator Size Group"
msgstr "Accelerator Size Group"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:320 gtk/gtkshortcutsgroup.c:321
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:674 gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:675
msgid "Title Size Group"
msgstr "Title Size Group"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:295 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:775
msgid "Section Name"
msgstr "Section Name"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:309 gtk/gtkshortcutswindow.c:790
msgid "View Name"
msgstr "View Name"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutssection.c:334
msgid "Maximum Height"
msgstr "Maximum Height"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:580
msgid "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"
msgstr "The accelerator keys for shortcuts of type “Accelerator”"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:594
msgid "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"
msgstr "The icon to show for shortcuts of type “Other Gesture”"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:605
msgid "Icon Set"
msgstr "Icon Set"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:606
msgid "Whether an icon has been set"
msgstr "Whether an icon has been set"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:619
msgid "A short description for the shortcut"
msgstr "A short description for the shortcut"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:635
msgid "A short description for the gesture"
msgstr "A short description for the gesture"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:646
msgid "Subtitle Set"
msgstr "Subtitle Set"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:647
msgid "Whether a subtitle has been set"
msgstr "Whether a subtitle has been set"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:689
msgid "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"
msgstr "Text direction for which this shortcut is active"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:701
msgid "Shortcut Type"
msgstr "Shortcut Type"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:702
msgid "The type of shortcut that is represented"
msgstr "The type of shortcut that is represented"
#: gtk/gtkshortcutsshortcut.c:719
msgid "The name of the action"
msgstr "The name of the action"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:659 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:915
#| msgid "The value"
msgid "Key value"
msgstr "Key value"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:660 gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:916
#| msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgid "The key value for the trigger"
msgstr "The key value for the trigger"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:674
msgid "Modifiers"
msgstr "Modifiers"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:675
#| msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgid "The key modifiers for the trigger"
msgstr "The key modifiers for the trigger"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1161
msgid "First"
msgstr "First"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1162
msgid "The first trigger to check"
msgstr "The first trigger to check"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1174
#| msgid "Secondary"
msgid "Second"
msgstr "Second"
#: gtk/gtkshortcuttrigger.c:1175
msgid "The second trigger to check"
msgstr "The second trigger to check"
#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:391
msgid "Autoselect"
msgstr "Autoselect"
#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:392
msgid "If the selection will always select an item"
msgstr "If the selection will always select an item"
#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:403
msgid "Can unselect"
msgstr "Can unselect"
#: gtk/gtksingleselection.c:404
msgid "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"
msgstr "If unselecting the selected item is allowed"
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:226 gtk/gtktreeselection.c:138
msgid "Mode"
msgstr "Mode"
#: gtk/gtksizegroup.c:227
msgid ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
msgstr ""
"The directions in which the size group affects the requested sizes of its "
"component widgets"
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:265
msgid "Child model to take slice from"
msgstr "Child model to take slice from"
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:276
msgid "Offset"
msgstr "Offset"
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:277
msgid "Offset of slice"
msgstr "Offset of slice"
#: gtk/gtkslicelistmodel.c:289
msgid "Maximum size of slice"
msgstr "Maximum size of slice"
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:785
#| msgid "Step Increment"
msgid "Sort items incrementally"
msgstr "Sort items incrementally"
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:797
msgid "The model being sorted"
msgstr "The model being sorted"
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:809
msgid "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"
msgstr "Estimate of unsorted items remaining"
#: gtk/gtksortlistmodel.c:821
#| msgid "If a filter is set for this model"
msgid "The sorter for this model"
msgstr "The sorter for this model"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:372
msgid "Climb Rate"
msgstr "Climb Rate"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:373
msgid "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"
msgstr "The acceleration rate when you hold down a button or key"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:386
msgid "Snap to Ticks"
msgstr "Snap to Ticks"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:387
msgid ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"
msgstr ""
"Whether erroneous values are automatically changed to a spin button’s "
"nearest step increment"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:393
msgid "Numeric"
msgstr "Numeric"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:394
msgid "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
msgstr "Whether non-numeric characters should be ignored"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:400
msgid "Wrap"
msgstr "Wrap"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:401
msgid "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
msgstr "Whether a spin button should wrap upon reaching its limits"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:407
msgid "Update Policy"
msgstr "Update Policy"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:408
msgid ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
msgstr ""
"Whether the spin button should update always, or only when the value is legal"
#: gtk/gtkspinbutton.c:416
msgid "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
msgstr "Reads the current value, or sets a new value"
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:239
msgid "Spinning"
msgstr "Spinning"
#: gtk/gtkspinner.c:240
#| msgid "Whether the spinner is active"
msgid "Whether the spinner is spinning"
msgstr "Whether the spinner is spinning"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:334
msgid "The child of the page"
msgstr "The child of the page"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:341
msgid "The name of the child page"
msgstr "The name of the child page"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:348
msgid "The title of the child page"
msgstr "The title of the child page"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:355
msgid "The icon name of the child page"
msgstr "The icon name of the child page"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:369
msgid "Needs Attention"
msgstr "Needs Attention"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:370
msgid "Whether this page needs attention"
msgstr "Whether this page needs attention"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:377
msgid "Whether this page is visible"
msgstr "Whether this page is visible"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:384
#| msgid ""
#| "If set, an underline in the text indicates the next character should be "
#| "used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgid ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
msgstr ""
"If set, an underline in the title indicates the next character should be "
"used for the mnemonic accelerator key"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:706
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:706
msgid "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Horizontally homogeneous sizing"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:716
msgid "Vertically homogeneous"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:716
msgid "Vertically homogeneous sizing"
msgstr "Vertically homogeneous sizing"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:720
msgid "Visible child"
msgstr "Visible child"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:720
msgid "The widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The widget currently visible in the stack"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:724
msgid "Name of visible child"
msgstr "Name of visible child"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:724
msgid "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"
msgstr "The name of the widget currently visible in the stack"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:736
msgid "Transition running"
msgstr "Transition running"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:736
msgid "Whether or not the transition is currently running"
msgstr "Whether or not the transition is currently running"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:740
msgid "Interpolate size"
msgstr "Interpolate size"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:740
msgid ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"
msgstr ""
"Whether or not the size should smoothly change when changing between "
"differently sized children"
#: gtk/gtkstack.c:745
msgid "A selection model with the stacks pages"
msgstr "A selection model with the stacks pages"
#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:394 gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:495
#: gtk/gtkstackswitcher.c:496
msgid "Stack"
msgstr "Stack"
#: gtk/gtkstacksidebar.c:395
msgid "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"
msgstr "Associated stack for this GtkStackSidebar"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:263 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:307
#| msgid "Ignore hidden"
msgid "Ignore case"
msgstr "Ignore case"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:264 gtk/gtkstringsorter.c:308
#| msgid "Whether list item matching is case sensitive"
msgid "If matching is case sensitive"
msgstr "If matching is case sensitive"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:275
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Match mode"
msgstr "Match mode"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:276
msgid "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"
msgstr "If exact matches are necessary or if substrings are allowed"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:288
#| msgid "Search mode"
msgid "Search"
msgstr "Search"
#: gtk/gtkstringfilter.c:289
#| msgid "The selected item"
msgid "The search term"
msgstr "The search term"
#: gtk/gtkstylecontext.c:146
msgid "The associated GdkDisplay"
msgstr "The associated GdkDisplay"
#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:101
msgid "Property name"
msgstr "Property name"
#: gtk/gtkstyleproperty.c:102
msgid "The name of the property"
msgstr "The name of the property"
#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:529
msgid "Whether the switch is on or off"
msgstr "Whether the switch is on or off"
#: gtk/gtkswitch.c:542
msgid "The backend state"
msgstr "The backend state"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:450
msgid "Tag Table"
msgstr "Tag Table"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:451
msgid "Text Tag Table"
msgstr "Text Tag Table"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:466
msgid "Current text of the buffer"
msgstr "Current text of the buffer"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:477
msgid "Has selection"
msgstr "Has selection"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:478
msgid "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
msgstr "Whether the buffer has some text currently selected"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:490
msgid "Can Undo"
msgstr "Can Undo"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:491
msgid "If the buffer can have the last action undone"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last action undone"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:503
msgid "Can Redo"
msgstr "Can Redo"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:504
msgid "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"
msgstr "If the buffer can have the last undone action reapplied"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:530
msgid "Cursor position"
msgstr "Cursor position"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:531
msgid ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
msgstr ""
"The position of the insert mark (as offset from the beginning of the buffer)"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:544
msgid "Copy target list"
msgstr "Copy target list"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:545
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
msgstr ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard copying and DND source"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:557
msgid "Paste target list"
msgstr "Paste target list"
#: gtk/gtktextbuffer.c:558
msgid ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
msgstr ""
"The list of targets this buffer supports for clipboard pasting and DND "
"destination"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:747
msgid "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"
msgstr "Text buffer object which actually stores self text"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:754
msgid "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"
msgstr "Maximum number of characters for this self. Zero if no maximum"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:762
msgid "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"
msgstr "The character to use when masking self contents (in “password mode”)"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:776
msgid "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"
msgstr "Number of pixels of the self scrolled off the screen to the left"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:826
msgid "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"
msgstr "Show text in the self when it’s empty and unfocused"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:894
msgid "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"
msgstr "A list of style attributes to apply to the text of the self"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:906
msgid "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"
msgstr "A list of tabstop locations to apply to the text of the self"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:926
msgid "Propagate text width"
msgstr "Propagate text width"
#: gtk/gtktext.c:927
msgid "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"
msgstr "Whether the entry should grow and shrink with the content"
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:136
msgid "Mark name"
msgstr "Mark name"
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:150
msgid "Left gravity"
msgstr "Left gravity"
#: gtk/gtktextmark.c:151
msgid "Whether the mark has left gravity"
msgstr "Whether the mark has left gravity"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:205
msgid "Tag name"
msgstr "Tag name"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:206
msgid "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
msgstr "Name used to refer to the text tag. NULL for anonymous tags"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:228
msgid "Background RGBA"
msgstr "Background RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:236
msgid "Background full height"
msgstr "Background full height"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:237
msgid ""
"Whether the background color fills the entire line height or only the height "
"of the tagged characters"
msgstr ""
"Whether the background colour fills the entire line height or only the "
"height of the tagged characters"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:257
msgid "Foreground RGBA"
msgstr "Foreground RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:265
msgid "Text direction"
msgstr "Text direction"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:266
msgid "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
msgstr "Text direction, e.g. right-to-left or left-to-right"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:315
msgid "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
msgstr "Font style as a PangoStyle, e.g. PANGO_STYLE_ITALIC"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:324
msgid "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
msgstr "Font variant as a PangoVariant, e.g. PANGO_VARIANT_SMALL_CAPS"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:333
msgid ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
msgstr ""
"Font weight as an integer, see predefined values in PangoWeight; for "
"example, PANGO_WEIGHT_BOLD"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:344
msgid "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
msgstr "Font stretch as a PangoStretch, e.g. PANGO_STRETCH_CONDENSED"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:353
msgid "Font size in Pango units"
msgstr "Font size in Pango units"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:363
msgid ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
msgstr ""
"Font size as a scale factor relative to the default font size. This properly "
"adapts to theme changes etc. so is recommended. Pango predefines some scales "
"such as PANGO_SCALE_X_LARGE"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:383 gtk/gtktextview.c:878
msgid "Left, right, or center justification"
msgstr "Left, right, or centre justification"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:402
msgid ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
msgstr ""
"The language this text is in, as an ISO code. Pango can use this as a hint "
"when rendering the text. If not set, an appropriate default will be used."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:409
msgid "Left margin"
msgstr "Left margin"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:410 gtk/gtktextview.c:897
msgid "Width of the left margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the left margin in pixels"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:419
msgid "Right margin"
msgstr "Right margin"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:420 gtk/gtktextview.c:915
msgid "Width of the right margin in pixels"
msgstr "Width of the right margin in pixels"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:430 gtk/gtktextview.c:960
msgid "Indent"
msgstr "Indent"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:431 gtk/gtktextview.c:961
msgid "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
msgstr "Amount to indent the paragraph, in pixels"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:442
msgid ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
msgstr ""
"Offset of text above the baseline (below the baseline if rise is negative) "
"in Pango units"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:451
msgid "Pixels above lines"
msgstr "Pixels above lines"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:452 gtk/gtktextview.c:837
msgid "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space above paragraphs"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:461
msgid "Pixels below lines"
msgstr "Pixels below lines"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:462 gtk/gtktextview.c:845
msgid "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space below paragraphs"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:471
msgid "Pixels inside wrap"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:472 gtk/gtktextview.c:853
msgid "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
msgstr "Pixels of blank space between wrapped lines in a paragraph"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:508
msgid "Underline RGBA"
msgstr "Underline RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:509
msgid "Color of underline for this text"
msgstr "Colour of underline for this text"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:516
#| msgid "Underline"
msgid "Overline"
msgstr "Overline"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:517
#| msgid "Style of underline for this text"
msgid "Style of overline for this text"
msgstr "Style of overline for this text"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:525
#| msgid "Underline RGBA"
msgid "Overline RGBA"
msgstr "Overline RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:526
#| msgid "Color of underline for this text"
msgid "Color of overline for this text"
msgstr "Colour of overline for this text"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:539
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:540
msgid "Color of strikethrough for this text"
msgstr "Colour of strikethrough for this text"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:548 gtk/gtktextview.c:869
msgid ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
msgstr ""
"Whether to wrap lines never, at word boundaries, or at character boundaries"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:558 gtk/gtktextview.c:969
msgid "Custom tabs for this text"
msgstr "Custom tabs for this text"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:574
msgid "Invisible"
msgstr "Invisible"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:575
msgid "Whether this text is hidden."
msgstr "Whether this text is hidden."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:587
msgid "Paragraph background color name"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour name"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:588
msgid "Paragraph background color as a string"
msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a string"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:600
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:601
msgid "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
msgstr "Paragraph background RGBA as a GdkRGBA"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:617
msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled."
msgstr "Whether font fallback is enabled."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:629
msgid "Letter Spacing"
msgstr "Letter Spacing"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:630
msgid "Extra spacing between graphemes"
msgstr "Extra spacing between graphemes"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:642
msgid "Font Features"
msgstr "Font Features"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:643
msgid "OpenType Font Features to use"
msgstr "OpenType Font Features to use"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:650
#| msgid "Allow Rules"
msgid "Allow Breaks"
msgstr "Allow Breaks"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:651
#| msgid "Whether font fallback is enabled."
msgid "Whether breaks are allowed."
msgstr "Whether breaks are allowed."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:658
#| msgid "Show Expanders"
msgid "Show spaces"
msgstr "Show spaces"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:659
#| msgid "Invisible character"
msgid "How to render invisible characters."
msgstr "How to render invisible characters."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:667
msgid "Insert hyphens"
msgstr "Insert hyphens"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:668
#| msgid "Whether to center the contents"
msgid "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."
msgstr "Whether to insert hyphens at breaks."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:684
msgid "Margin Accumulates"
msgstr "Margin Accumulates"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:685
msgid "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
msgstr "Whether left and right margins accumulate."
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:698
msgid "Background full height set"
msgstr "Background full height set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:699
msgid "Whether this tag affects background height"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects background height"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:738
msgid "Justification set"
msgstr "Justification set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:739
msgid "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects paragraph justification"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:746
msgid "Left margin set"
msgstr "Left margin set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:747
msgid "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the left margin"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:750
msgid "Indent set"
msgstr "Indent set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:751
msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects indentation"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:758
msgid "Pixels above lines set"
msgstr "Pixels above lines set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:759 gtk/gtktexttag.c:763
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels above lines"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:762
msgid "Pixels below lines set"
msgstr "Pixels below lines set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:766
msgid "Pixels inside wrap set"
msgstr "Pixels inside wrap set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:767
msgid "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the number of pixels between wrapped lines"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:774
msgid "Right margin set"
msgstr "Right margin set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:775
msgid "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the right margin"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:787
msgid "Underline RGBA set"
msgstr "Underline RGBA set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:788
msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects underlining colour"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:791
#| msgid "Underline set"
msgid "Overline set"
msgstr "Overline set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:792
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining"
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:795
#| msgid "Underline RGBA set"
msgid "Overline RGBA set"
msgstr "Overline RGBA set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:796
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgid "Whether this tag affects overlining color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects overlining colour"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:804
msgid "Strikethrough RGBA set"
msgstr "Strikethrough RGBA set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:805
msgid "Whether this tag affects strikethrough color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects strikethrough colour"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:808
msgid "Wrap mode set"
msgstr "Wrap mode set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:809
msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:812
msgid "Tabs set"
msgstr "Tabs set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:813
msgid "Whether this tag affects tabs"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects tabs"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:816
msgid "Invisible set"
msgstr "Invisible set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:817
msgid "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects text visibility"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:820
msgid "Paragraph background set"
msgstr "Paragraph background set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:821
msgid "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background color"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects the paragraph background colour"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:824
msgid "Fallback set"
msgstr "Fallback set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:825
msgid "Whether this tag affects font fallback"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font fallback"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:828
msgid "Letter spacing set"
msgstr "Letter spacing set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:829
msgid "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects letter spacing"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:832
msgid "Font features set"
msgstr "Font features set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:833
msgid "Whether this tag affects font features"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects font features"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:836
#| msgid "Fallback set"
msgid "Allow breaks set"
msgstr "Allow breaks set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:837
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects line wrap mode"
msgid "Whether this tag affects line breaks"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects line breaks"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:840
#| msgid "Show Expanders"
msgid "Show spaces set"
msgstr "Show spaces set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:841
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects underlining color"
msgid "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects rendering of invisible characters"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:844
msgid "Insert hyphens set"
msgstr "Insert hyphens set"
#: gtk/gtktexttag.c:845
#| msgid "Whether this tag affects indentation"
msgid "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"
msgstr "Whether this tag affects insertion of hyphens"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:836
msgid "Pixels Above Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Above Lines"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:844
msgid "Pixels Below Lines"
msgstr "Pixels Below Lines"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:852
msgid "Pixels Inside Wrap"
msgstr "Pixels Inside Wrap"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:868
msgid "Wrap Mode"
msgstr "Wrap Mode"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:896
msgid "Left Margin"
msgstr "Left Margin"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:914
msgid "Right Margin"
msgstr "Right Margin"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:933
msgid "Top Margin"
msgstr "Top Margin"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:934
msgid "Height of the top margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the top margin in pixels"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:952
msgid "Bottom Margin"
msgstr "Bottom Margin"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:953
msgid "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"
msgstr "Height of the bottom margin in pixels"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:976
msgid "Cursor Visible"
msgstr "Cursor Visible"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:977
msgid "If the insertion cursor is shown"
msgstr "If the insertion cursor is shown"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:984
msgid "Buffer"
msgstr "Buffer"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:985
msgid "The buffer which is displayed"
msgstr "The buffer which is displayed"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:993
msgid "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
msgstr "Whether entered text overwrites existing contents"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1000
msgid "Accepts tab"
msgstr "Accepts tab"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1001
msgid "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
msgstr "Whether Tab will result in a tab character being entered"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1066
msgid "Monospace"
msgstr "Monospace"
#: gtk/gtktextview.c:1067
msgid "Whether to use a monospace font"
msgstr "Whether to use a monospace font"
#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:387
msgid "Window Type"
msgstr "Window Type"
#: gtk/gtktextviewchild.c:388
#| msgid "Window Type"
msgid "The GtkTextWindowType"
msgstr "The GtkTextWindowType"
#: gtk/gtktogglebutton.c:209
msgid "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
msgstr "If the toggle button should be pressed in"
#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:460
msgid "The child widget with the actual contents"
msgstr "The child widget with the actual contents"
#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:472
#| msgid "The item held in this row"
msgid "The item held by this expander's row"
msgstr "The item held by this expander's row"
#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:483
msgid "List row"
msgstr "List row"
#: gtk/gtktreeexpander.c:484
msgid "The list row to track for expander state"
msgstr "The list row to track for expander state"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:694
msgid "autoexpand"
msgstr "autoexpand"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:695
msgid "If all rows should be expanded by default"
msgstr "If all rows should be expanded by default"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:707
msgid "The root model displayed"
msgstr "The root model displayed"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:720
msgid "passthrough"
msgstr "passthrough"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:721
msgid "If child model values are passed through"
msgstr "If child model values are passed through"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1054
msgid "Children"
msgstr "Children"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1055
msgid "Model holding the row’s children"
msgstr "Model holding the row’s children"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1066
msgid "Depth"
msgstr "Depth"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1067
msgid "Depth in the tree"
msgstr "Depth in the tree"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1078
msgid "Expandable"
msgstr "Expandable"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1079
msgid "If this row can ever be expanded"
msgstr "If this row can ever be expanded"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1091
msgid "If this row is currently expanded"
msgstr "If this row is currently expanded"
#: gtk/gtktreelistmodel.c:1103
msgid "The item held in this row"
msgstr "The item held in this row"
#: gtk/gtktreelistrowsorter.c:545
#| msgid "The model being sorted"
msgid "The underlying sorter"
msgstr "The underlying sorter"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:532
msgid "The child model"
msgstr "The child model"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:533
msgid "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
msgstr "The model for the filtermodel to filter"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:540
msgid "The virtual root"
msgstr "The virtual root"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelfilter.c:541
msgid "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"
msgstr "The virtual root (relative to the child model) for this filtermodel"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:484
msgid "TreeModelSort Model"
msgstr "TreeModelSort Model"
#: gtk/gtktreemodelsort.c:485
msgid "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
msgstr "The model for the TreeModelSort to sort"
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:205
#| msgid "mode"
msgid "model"
msgstr "model"
#: gtk/gtktreepopover.c:206
#| msgid "The model for the icon view"
msgid "The model for the popover"
msgstr "The model for the popover"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:995
msgid "TreeView Model"
msgstr "TreeView Model"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:996
msgid "The model for the tree view"
msgstr "The model for the tree view"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1002
msgid "Headers Visible"
msgstr "Headers Visible"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1003
msgid "Show the column header buttons"
msgstr "Show the column header buttons"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1009
msgid "Headers Clickable"
msgstr "Headers Clickable"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1010
msgid "Column headers respond to click events"
msgstr "Column headers respond to click events"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1016
msgid "Expander Column"
msgstr "Expander Column"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1017
msgid "Set the column for the expander column"
msgstr "Set the column for the expander column"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1030
msgid "Enable Search"
msgstr "Enable Search"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1031
msgid "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
msgstr "View allows user to search through columns interactively"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1037
msgid "Search Column"
msgstr "Search Column"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1038
msgid "Model column to search through during interactive search"
msgstr "Model column to search through during interactive search"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1054
msgid "Fixed Height Mode"
msgstr "Fixed Height Mode"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1055
msgid "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
msgstr "Speeds up GtkTreeView by assuming that all rows have the same height"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1072
msgid "Hover Selection"
msgstr "Hover Selection"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1073
msgid "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
msgstr "Whether the selection should follow the pointer"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1089
msgid "Hover Expand"
msgstr "Hover Expand"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1090
msgid ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
msgstr ""
"Whether rows should be expanded/collapsed when the pointer moves over them"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1101
msgid "Show Expanders"
msgstr "Show Expanders"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1102
msgid "View has expanders"
msgstr "View has expanders"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1113
msgid "Level Indentation"
msgstr "Level Indentation"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1114
msgid "Extra indentation for each level"
msgstr "Extra indentation for each level"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1121
msgid "Rubber Banding"
msgstr "Rubber Banding"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1122
msgid ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
msgstr ""
"Whether to enable selection of multiple items by dragging the mouse pointer"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1128
msgid "Enable Grid Lines"
msgstr "Enable Grid Lines"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1129
msgid "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether grid lines should be drawn in the tree view"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1136
msgid "Enable Tree Lines"
msgstr "Enable Tree Lines"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1137
msgid "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
msgstr "Whether tree lines should be drawn in the tree view"
#: gtk/gtktreeview.c:1144
msgid "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
msgstr "The column in the model containing the tooltip texts for the rows"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:273
msgid "Whether to display the column"
msgstr "Whether to display the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:280
msgid "Column is user-resizable"
msgstr "Column is user-resizable"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:286
msgid "X position"
msgstr "X position"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:287
msgid "Current X position of the column"
msgstr "Current X position of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:295
msgid "Current width of the column"
msgstr "Current width of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:310
msgid "Sizing"
msgstr "Sizing"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:311
msgid "Resize mode of the column"
msgstr "Resize mode of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:318
msgid "Fixed Width"
msgstr "Fixed Width"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:319
msgid "Current fixed width of the column"
msgstr "Current fixed width of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:327
msgid "Minimum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Minimum allowed width of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:334
msgid "Maximum Width"
msgstr "Maximum Width"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:335
msgid "Maximum allowed width of the column"
msgstr "Maximum allowed width of the column"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:343
msgid "Title to appear in column header"
msgstr "Title to appear in column header"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:350
msgid "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
msgstr "Column gets share of extra width allocated to the widget"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:356
msgid "Clickable"
msgstr "Clickable"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:357
msgid "Whether the header can be clicked"
msgstr "Whether the header can be clicked"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:364
msgid "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
msgstr "Widget to put in column header button instead of column title"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:371
msgid "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
msgstr "X Alignment of the column header text or widget"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:378
msgid "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
msgstr "Whether the column can be reordered around the headers"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:384
msgid "Sort indicator"
msgstr "Sort indicator"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:385
msgid "Whether to show a sort indicator"
msgstr "Whether to show a sort indicator"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:392
msgid "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
msgstr "Sort direction the sort indicator should indicate"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:405
msgid "Sort column ID"
msgstr "Sort column ID"
#: gtk/gtktreeviewcolumn.c:406
msgid "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
msgstr "Logical sort column ID this column sorts on when selected for sorting"
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:284
msgid "Autoplay"
msgstr "Autoplay"
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:285
msgid "If playback should begin automatically"
msgstr "If playback should begin automatically"
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:297
msgid "The video file played back"
msgstr "The video file played back"
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:309
msgid "If new media streams should be set to loop"
msgstr "If new media streams should be set to loop"
#: gtk/gtkvideo.c:321
msgid "The media stream played"
msgstr "The media stream played"
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:371
#| msgid "Scroll offset"
msgid "Scroll to focus"
msgstr "Scroll to focus"
#: gtk/gtkviewport.c:372
#| msgid "Whether to center the contents"
msgid "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"
msgstr "Whether to scroll when the focus changes"
#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:174
msgid "Use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Use symbolic icons"
#: gtk/gtkvolumebutton.c:175
msgid "Whether to use symbolic icons"
msgstr "Whether to use symbolic icons"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:908
msgid "Widget name"
msgstr "Widget name"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:909
msgid "The name of the widget"
msgstr "The name of the widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:915
msgid "Parent widget"
msgstr "Parent widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:916
msgid "The parent widget of this widget."
msgstr "The parent widget of this widget."
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:928
msgid "Root widget"
msgstr "Root widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:929
msgid "The root widget in the widget tree."
msgstr "The root widget in the widget tree."
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:935
msgid "Width request"
msgstr "Width request"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:936
msgid ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
msgstr ""
"Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be "
"used"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:943
msgid "Height request"
msgstr "Height request"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:944
msgid ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
msgstr ""
"Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should "
"be used"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:952
msgid "Whether the widget is visible"
msgstr "Whether the widget is visible"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:959
msgid "Whether the widget responds to input"
msgstr "Whether the widget responds to input"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:971
msgid "Can focus"
msgstr "Can focus"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:972 gtk/gtkwidget.c:984
msgid "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget can accept the input focus"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:983
#| msgid "Focus Visible"
msgid "Focusable"
msgstr "Focusable"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:990
msgid "Has focus"
msgstr "Has focus"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:991
msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgstr "Whether the widget has the input focus"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:997
msgid "Can target"
msgstr "Can target"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:998
msgid "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"
msgstr "Whether the widget can receive pointer events"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1011
msgid "Focus on click"
msgstr "Focus on click"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1012
msgid "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
msgstr "Whether the widget should grab focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1018
msgid "Has default"
msgstr "Has default"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1019
msgid "Whether the widget is the default widget"
msgstr "Whether the widget is the default widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1025
msgid "Receives default"
msgstr "Receives default"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1026
msgid "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
msgstr "If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1038
msgid "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"
msgstr "The cursor to show when hovering above widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1052
msgid "Has tooltip"
msgstr "Has tooltip"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1053
msgid "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
msgstr "Whether this widget has a tooltip"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1074
msgid "Tooltip Text"
msgstr "Tooltip Text"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1075 gtk/gtkwidget.c:1097
msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1096
msgid "Tooltip markup"
msgstr "Tooltip markup"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1109
msgid "How to position in extra horizontal space"
msgstr "How to position in extra horizontal space"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1122
msgid "How to position in extra vertical space"
msgstr "How to position in extra vertical space"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1139
msgid "Margin on Start"
msgstr "Margin on Start"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1140
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the start"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the start"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1157
msgid "Margin on End"
msgstr "Margin on End"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1158
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the end"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the end"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1174
msgid "Margin on Top"
msgstr "Margin on Top"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1175
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the top side"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1191
msgid "Margin on Bottom"
msgstr "Margin on Bottom"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1192
msgid "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the bottom side"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1204
msgid "Horizontal Expand"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1205
msgid "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more horizontal space"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1216
msgid "Horizontal Expand Set"
msgstr "Horizontal Expand Set"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1217
msgid "Whether to use the hexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the hexpand property"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1228
msgid "Vertical Expand"
msgstr "Vertical Expand"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1229
msgid "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
msgstr "Whether widget wants more vertical space"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1240
msgid "Vertical Expand Set"
msgstr "Vertical Expand Set"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1241
msgid "Whether to use the vexpand property"
msgstr "Whether to use the vexpand property"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1255
msgid "Opacity for Widget"
msgstr "Opacity for Widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1256
msgid "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"
msgstr "The opacity of the widget, from 0 to 1"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1268
msgid "Overflow"
msgstr "Overflow"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1269
msgid "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"
msgstr "How content outside the widget’s content area is treated"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1282
msgid "Scale factor"
msgstr "Scale factor"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1283
msgid "The scaling factor of the window"
msgstr "The scaling factor of the window"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1295
msgid "CSS Name"
msgstr "CSS Name"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1296
msgid "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"
msgstr "The name of this widget in the CSS tree"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1307
#| msgid "Style Classes"
msgid "CSS Style Classes"
msgstr "CSS Style Classes"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1308
#| msgid "List of classes"
msgid "List of CSS classes"
msgstr "List of CSS classes"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1320
msgid "Layout Manager"
msgstr "Layout Manager"
#: gtk/gtkwidget.c:1321
msgid "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"
msgstr "The layout manager used to layout children of the widget"
#: gtk/gtkwidgetpaintable.c:251
msgid "Observed widget"
msgstr "Observed widget"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:722
msgid "Window Title"
msgstr "Window Title"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:723
msgid "The title of the window"
msgstr "The title of the window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:736
msgid "Startup ID"
msgstr "Startup ID"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:737
msgid "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
msgstr "Unique startup identifier for the window used by startup-notification"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:744
msgid "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
msgstr "If TRUE, users can resize the window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:751
msgid ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
msgstr ""
"If TRUE, the window is modal (other windows are not usable while this one is "
"up)"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:757
msgid "Default Width"
msgstr "Default Width"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:758
msgid "The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"The default width of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:765
msgid "Default Height"
msgstr "Default Height"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:766
msgid ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
msgstr ""
"The default height of the window, used when initially showing the window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:773
msgid "Destroy with Parent"
msgstr "Destroy with Parent"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:774
msgid "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
msgstr "If this window should be destroyed when the parent is destroyed"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:780
msgid "Hide on close"
msgstr "Hide on close"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:781
msgid "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"
msgstr "If this window should be hidden when the user clicks the close button"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:794
msgid "Mnemonics Visible"
msgstr "Mnemonics Visible"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:795
msgid "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether mnemonics are currently visible in this window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:809
msgid "Focus Visible"
msgstr "Focus Visible"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:810
msgid "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
msgstr "Whether focus rectangles are currently visible in this window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:823
msgid "Name of the themed icon for this window"
msgstr "Name of the themed icon for this window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:830
msgid "The display that will display this window"
msgstr "The display that will display this window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:836
msgid "Is Active"
msgstr "Is Active"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:837
msgid "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
msgstr "Whether the toplevel is the current active window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:848
msgid "Decorated"
msgstr "Decorated"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:849
msgid "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
msgstr "Whether the window should be decorated by the window manager"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:860
msgid "Deletable"
msgstr "Deletable"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:861
msgid "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
msgstr "Whether the window frame should have a close button"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:880
msgid "Is maximized"
msgstr "Is maximised"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:881
msgid "Whether the window is maximized"
msgstr "Whether the window is maximised"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:900
msgid "GtkApplication"
msgstr "GtkApplication"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:901
msgid "The GtkApplication for the window"
msgstr "The GtkApplication for the window"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:914
msgid "Focus widget"
msgstr "Focus widget"
#: gtk/gtkwindow.c:915
msgid "The focus widget"
msgstr "The focus widget"
#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:494
msgid "Side"
msgstr "Side"
#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:495
#| msgid "Whether widget wants to expand in both directions"
msgid "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"
msgstr "Whether the widget shows start or end portion of the decoration layout"
#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:523
msgid "Empty"
msgstr "Empty"
#: gtk/gtkwindowcontrols.c:524
#| msgid "Whether the widget has the input focus"
msgid "Whether the widget has any window buttons"
msgstr "Whether the widget has any window buttons"
#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:241
msgid "paintable"
msgstr "paintable"
#: modules/media/gtkgstsink.c:242
msgid "Paintable providing the picture"
msgstr "Paintable providing the picture"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:137
msgid "Cloud Print account"
msgstr "Cloud Print account"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:138
msgid "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"
msgstr "GtkCloudprintAccount instance"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:147
msgid "Printer ID"
msgstr "Printer ID"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercloudprint.c:148
msgid "Cloud Print printer ID"
msgstr "Cloud Print printer ID"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:93
msgid "Color Profile Title"
msgstr "Colour Profile Title"
#: modules/printbackends/gtkprintercups.c:94
msgid "The title of the color profile to use"
msgstr "The title of the colour profile to use"
#~ msgid "Device type"
#~ msgstr "Device type"
#~ msgid "Device role in the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device role in the device manager"
#~ msgid "Associated device"
#~ msgstr "Associated device"
#~ msgid "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
#~ msgstr "Associated pointer or keyboard with this device"
#~ msgid "Input mode for the device"
#~ msgstr "Input mode for the device"
#~ msgid "Axes"
#~ msgstr "Axes"
#~| msgid "Content type"
#~ msgid "Event type"
#~ msgstr "Event type"
#~ msgid "Whether to dismiss the surface on outside clicks"
#~ msgstr "Whether to dismiss the surface on outside clicks"
#~| msgid "Storage type"
#~ msgid "Surface type"
#~ msgstr "Surface type"
#~ msgid "Cell renderer"
#~ msgstr "Cell renderer"
#~ msgid "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
#~ msgstr "The cell renderer represented by this accessible"
#~ msgid "Accelerator Closure"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Closure"
#~ msgid "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
#~ msgstr "The closure to be monitored for accelerator changes"
#~| msgid "The keyval of the accelerator"
#~ msgid "The text displayed next to the accelerator"
#~ msgstr "The text displayed next to the accelerator"
#~ msgid "The widget referenced by this accessible."
#~ msgstr "The widget referenced by this accessible."
#~ msgid "Application menu"
#~ msgstr "Application menu"
#~ msgid "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
#~ msgstr "The GMenuModel for the application menu"
#~ msgid "Border relief"
#~ msgstr "Border relief"
#~ msgid "The border relief style"
#~ msgstr "The border relief style"
#~ msgid "No Month Change"
#~ msgstr "No Month Change"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the selected month cannot be changed"
#~ msgid "Details Width"
#~ msgstr "Details Width"
#~ msgid "Details width in characters"
#~ msgstr "Details width in characters"
#~ msgid "Details Height"
#~ msgstr "Details Height"
#~ msgid "Details height in rows"
#~ msgstr "Details height in rows"
#~ msgid "Show Details"
#~ msgstr "Show Details"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, details are shown"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, details are shown"
#~ msgid "Whether the menu item is checked"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item is ticked"
#~| msgid "Whether to display an \"inconsistent\" state"
#~ msgid "Whether to display an “inconsistent” state"
#~ msgstr "Whether to display an “inconsistent” state"
#~ msgid "Draw as radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Draw as radio menu item"
#~ msgid "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu item looks like a radio menu item"
#~ msgid "Widget type"
#~ msgstr "Widget type"
#~ msgid "GType of the widget"
#~ msgstr "GType of the widget"
#~| msgid "Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"
#~ msgid "Whether the pointer is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the pointer is in a descendant of the controllers widget"
#~ msgid "Local Only"
#~ msgstr "Local Only"
#~ msgid "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected file(s) should be limited to local file: URLs"
#~ msgid "Preview widget"
#~ msgstr "Preview widget"
#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for custom previews."
#~ msgid "Preview Widget Active"
#~ msgstr "Preview Widget Active"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the application supplied widget for custom previews should be "
#~ "shown."
#~ msgid "Use Preview Label"
#~ msgstr "Use Preview Label"
#~| msgid ""
#~| "Whether to display a stock label with the name of the previewed file."
#~ msgid "Whether to display a label with the name of the previewed file."
#~ msgstr "Whether to display a label with the name of the previewed file."
#~ msgid "Extra widget"
#~ msgstr "Extra widget"
#~ msgid "Application supplied widget for extra options."
#~ msgstr "Application supplied widget for extra options."
#~ msgid "Show Hidden"
#~ msgstr "Show Hidden"
#~ msgid "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the hidden files and folders should be displayed"
#~ msgid "Do overwrite confirmation"
#~ msgstr "Do overwrite confirmation"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialog if necessary."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether a file chooser in save mode will present an overwrite "
#~ "confirmation dialogue if necessary."
#~| msgid "Filter"
#~ msgid "has filter"
#~ msgstr "has filter"
#~ msgid "Frame shadow"
#~ msgstr "Frame shadow"
#~| msgid "Appearance of the frame border"
#~ msgid "Appearance of the frame"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the frame"
#~ msgid "Left attachment"
#~ msgstr "Left attachment"
#~ msgid "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the left side of the child to"
#~ msgid "Top attachment"
#~ msgstr "Top attachment"
#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top side of a child widget to"
#~ msgid "The subtitle to display"
#~ msgstr "The subtitle to display"
#~ msgid "Custom Title"
#~ msgstr "Custom Title"
#~ msgid "Decoration Layout Set"
#~ msgstr "Decoration Layout Set"
#~ msgid "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the decoration-layout property has been set"
#~ msgid "Has Subtitle"
#~ msgstr "Has Subtitle"
#~ msgid "Pattern"
#~ msgstr "Pattern"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A string with _ characters in positions correspond to characters in the "
#~ "text to underline"
#~ msgid "Track visited links"
#~ msgstr "Track visited links"
#~ msgid "Whether visited links should be tracked"
#~ msgstr "Whether visited links should be tracked"
#~ msgid "Popup"
#~ msgstr "Popup"
#~ msgid "The dropdown menu."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu."
#~ msgid "Align with"
#~ msgstr "Align with"
#~ msgid "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
#~ msgstr "The parent widget which the menu should align with."
#~ msgid "Use a popover"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover"
#~ msgid "Use a popover instead of a menu"
#~ msgstr "Use a popover instead of a menu"
#~ msgid "The currently selected menu item"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected menu item"
#~ msgid "Accel Group"
#~ msgstr "Accel Group"
#~ msgid "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
#~ msgstr "The accel group holding accelerators for the menu"
#~ msgid "Accel Path"
#~ msgstr "Accel Path"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "An accel path used to conveniently construct accel paths of child items"
#~ msgid "Attach Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attach Widget"
#~ msgid "The widget the menu is attached to"
#~ msgstr "The widget the menu is attached to"
#~ msgid "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
#~ msgstr "The monitor the menu will be popped up on"
#~ msgid "Reserve Toggle Size"
#~ msgstr "Reserve Toggle Size"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean that indicates whether the menu reserves space for toggles and "
#~ "icons"
#~ msgid "Anchor hints"
#~ msgstr "Anchor hints"
#~ msgid "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"
#~ msgstr "Positioning hints for when the menu might fall off-screen"
#~ msgid "Rect anchor dx"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dx"
#~ msgid "Rect anchor horizontal offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor horizontal offset"
#~ msgid "Rect anchor dy"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor dy"
#~ msgid "Rect anchor vertical offset"
#~ msgstr "Rect anchor vertical offset"
#~ msgid "Menu type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu type hint"
#~ msgid "Menu window type hint"
#~ msgstr "Menu window type hint"
#~ msgid "Submenu"
#~ msgstr "Submenu"
#~ msgid "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
#~ msgstr "The submenu attached to the menu item, or NULL if it has none"
#~ msgid "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
#~ msgstr "Sets the accelerator path of the menu item"
#~ msgid "The text for the child label"
#~ msgstr "The text for the child label"
#~ msgid "Take Focus"
#~ msgstr "Take Focus"
#~ msgid "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that determines whether the menu grabs the keyboard focus"
#~ msgid "The dropdown menu"
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu"
#~ msgid "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"
#~ msgstr "Whether the sidebar only includes local files"
#~ msgid "Relative to"
#~ msgstr "Relative to"
#~ msgid "Widget the bubble window points to"
#~ msgstr "Widget the bubble window points to"
#~ msgid "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio menu item whose group this widget belongs to."
#~ msgid "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio tool button whose group this button belongs to."
#~ msgid "Shadow Type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow Type"
#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the contents"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the contents"
#~ msgid "Draw"
#~ msgstr "Draw"
#~ msgid "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether the separator is drawn, or just blank"
#~ msgid "has sort"
#~ msgstr "has sort"
#~ msgid "If a sort function is set for this model"
#~ msgstr "If a sort function is set for this model"
#~| msgid "The type of the assistant page"
#~ msgid "The type of items of this list"
#~ msgstr "The type of items of this list"
#~ msgid "Homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "Homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgid "The parent style context"
#~ msgstr "The parent style context"
#~ msgid "Value type"
#~ msgstr "Value type"
#~ msgid "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
#~ msgstr "The value type returned by GtkStyleContext"
#~ msgid "Toolbar Style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Style"
#~ msgid "How to draw the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the toolbar"
#~ msgid "Show Arrow"
#~ msgstr "Show Arrow"
#~| msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn't fit"
#~ msgid "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn’t fit"
#~ msgstr "If an arrow should be shown if the toolbar doesn’t fit"
#~ msgid "Text to show in the item."
#~ msgstr "Text to show in the item."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, an underline in the label property indicates that the next "
#~ "character should be used for the mnemonic accelerator key in the overflow "
#~ "menu"
#~ msgid "Widget to use as the item label"
#~ msgstr "Widget to use as the item label"
#~ msgid "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The name of the themed icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgid "Icon widget"
#~ msgstr "Icon widget"
#~ msgid "Visible when horizontal"
#~ msgstr "Visible when horizontal"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a horizontal "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgid "Visible when vertical"
#~ msgstr "Visible when vertical"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is visible when the toolbar is in a vertical "
#~ "orientation."
#~ msgid "Is important"
#~ msgstr "Is important"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the toolbar item is considered important. When TRUE, toolbar "
#~ "buttons show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode"
#~| msgid "Expanded"
#~ msgid "Expand Item"
#~ msgstr "Expand Item"
#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the toolbar grows"
#~ msgid "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should be the same size as other homogeneous items"
#~ msgid "TreeMenu model"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu model"
#~ msgid "The model for the tree menu"
#~ msgstr "The model for the tree menu"
#~ msgid "TreeMenu root row"
#~ msgstr "TreeMenu root row"
#~ msgid "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
#~ msgstr "The TreeMenu will display children of the specified root"
#~ msgid "Shadow type"
#~ msgstr "Shadow type"
#~ msgid "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
#~ msgstr "Determines how the shadowed box around the viewport is drawn"
#~ msgid "Is focus"
#~ msgstr "Is focus"
#~ msgid "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"
#~ msgid "All Margins"
#~ msgstr "All Margins"
#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on all four sides"
#~ msgid "Expand Both"
#~ msgstr "Expand Both"
#~ msgid "The type of the window"
#~ msgstr "The type of the window"
#~ msgid "Type hint"
#~ msgstr "Type hint"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Hint to help the desktop environment understand what kind of window this "
#~ "is and how to treat it."
#~ msgid "Accept focus"
#~ msgstr "Accept focus"
#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus."
#~ msgid "Focus on map"
#~ msgstr "Focus on map"
#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should receive the input focus when mapped."
#~ msgid "Attached to Widget"
#~ msgstr "Attached to Widget"
#~ msgid "The widget where the window is attached"
#~ msgstr "The widget where the window is attached"
#~ msgid "Cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Cursor type"
#~ msgid "Standard cursor type"
#~ msgstr "Standard cursor type"
#~ msgid "Device manager"
#~ msgstr "Device manager"
#~ msgid "Device manager which the device belongs to"
#~ msgstr "Device manager which the device belongs to"
#~ msgid "Display for the device manager"
#~ msgstr "Display for the device manager"
#~ msgid "Window"
#~ msgstr "Window"
#~ msgid "Font options"
#~ msgstr "Font options"
#~ msgid "The default font options for the screen"
#~ msgstr "The default font options for the screen"
#~ msgid "Font resolution"
#~ msgstr "Font resolution"
#~ msgid "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
#~ msgstr "The resolution for fonts on the screen"
#~ msgid "A unique name for the action."
#~ msgstr "A unique name for the action."
#~ msgid "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label used for menu items and buttons that activate this action."
#~ msgid "Short label"
#~ msgstr "Short label"
#~ msgid "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
#~ msgstr "A shorter label that may be used on toolbar buttons."
#~ msgid "Tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip"
#~ msgid "A tooltip for this action."
#~ msgstr "A tooltip for this action."
#~ msgid "Stock Icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock Icon"
#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed in widgets representing this action."
#~ msgid "GIcon"
#~ msgstr "GIcon"
#~ msgid "Visible when overflown"
#~ msgstr "Visible when overflown"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, toolitem proxies for this action are represented in the "
#~ "toolbar overflow menu."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the action is considered important. When TRUE, toolitem proxies "
#~ "for this action show text in GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ mode."
#~ msgid "Hide if empty"
#~ msgstr "Hide if empty"
#~ msgid "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, empty menu proxies for this action are hidden."
#~ msgid "Action Group"
#~ msgstr "Action Group"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkActionGroup this GtkAction is associated with, or NULL (for "
#~ "internal use)."
#~ msgid "Always show image"
#~ msgstr "Always show image"
#~ msgid "Whether the image will always be shown"
#~ msgstr "Whether the image will always be shown"
#~ msgid "A name for the action group."
#~ msgstr "A name for the action group."
#~ msgid "Whether the action group is enabled."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is enabled."
#~ msgid "Whether the action group is visible."
#~ msgstr "Whether the action group is visible."
#~ msgid "Accelerator Group"
#~ msgstr "Accelerator Group"
#~ msgid "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
#~ msgstr "The accelerator group the actions of this group should use."
#~ msgid "Related Action"
#~ msgstr "Related Action"
#~ msgid "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
#~ msgstr "The action this activatable will activate and receive updates from"
#~ msgid "Use Action Appearance"
#~ msgstr "Use Action Appearance"
#~ msgid "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the related actions appearance properties"
#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Horizontal position of child in available space. 0.0 is left aligned, 1.0 "
#~ "is right aligned"
#~ msgid "Vertical alignment"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vertical position of child in available space. 0.0 is top aligned, 1.0 is "
#~ "bottom aligned"
#~ msgid "Horizontal scale"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal scale"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available horizontal space is bigger than needed for the child, how "
#~ "much of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgid "Vertical scale"
#~ msgstr "Vertical scale"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If available vertical space is bigger than needed for the child, how much "
#~ "of it to use for the child. 0.0 means none, 1.0 means all"
#~ msgid "Top Padding"
#~ msgstr "Top Padding"
#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the top of the widget."
#~ msgid "Bottom Padding"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Padding"
#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the bottom of the widget."
#~ msgid "Left Padding"
#~ msgstr "Left Padding"
#~ msgid "Right Padding"
#~ msgstr "Right Padding"
#~ msgid "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
#~ msgstr "The padding to insert at the right of the widget."
#~ msgid "Arrow direction"
#~ msgstr "Arrow direction"
#~ msgid "The direction the arrow should point"
#~ msgstr "The direction the arrow should point"
#~ msgid "Arrow shadow"
#~ msgstr "Arrow shadow"
#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow surrounding the arrow"
#~ msgid "Arrow Scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Scaling"
#~ msgid "Amount of space used up by arrow"
#~ msgstr "Amount of space used up by arrow"
#~ msgid "Has Opacity Control"
#~ msgstr "Has Opacity Control"
#~ msgid "Whether the color selector should allow setting opacity"
#~ msgstr "Whether the colour selector should allow setting opacity"
#~ msgid "Has palette"
#~ msgstr "Has palette"
#~ msgid "The current color"
#~ msgstr "The current colour"
#~ msgid "Current Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Current Alpha"
#~ msgid "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr "The current opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgid "Current RGBA"
#~ msgstr "Current RGBA"
#~ msgid "The current RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "The current RGBA colour"
#~ msgid "Color Selection"
#~ msgstr "Colour Selection"
#~ msgid "The color selection embedded in the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The colour selection embedded in the dialogue."
#~ msgid "OK Button"
#~ msgstr "OK Button"
#~ msgid "The OK button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The OK button of the dialogue."
#~ msgid "Cancel Button"
#~ msgstr "Cancel Button"
#~ msgid "The cancel button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The cancel button of the dialogue."
#~ msgid "Help Button"
#~ msgstr "Help Button"
#~ msgid "The help button of the dialog."
#~ msgstr "The help button of the dialogue."
#~ msgid "Font name"
#~ msgstr "Font name"
#~ msgid "The string that represents this font"
#~ msgstr "The string that represents this font"
#~ msgid "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
#~ msgstr "Appearance of the shadow that surrounds the container"
#~ msgid "Handle position"
#~ msgstr "Handle position"
#~ msgid "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
#~ msgstr "Position of the handle relative to the child widget"
#~ msgid "Snap edge"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Side of the handlebox that's lined up with the docking point to dock the "
#~ "handlebox"
#~ msgid "Snap edge set"
#~ msgstr "Snap edge set"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to use the value from the snap_edge property or a value derived "
#~ "from handle_position"
#~ msgid "Child Detached"
#~ msgstr "Child Detached"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A boolean value indicating whether the handlebox's child is attached or "
#~ "detached."
#~ msgid "Image widget"
#~ msgstr "Image widget"
#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the menu text"
#~ msgid "Use stock"
#~ msgstr "Use stock"
#~ msgid "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether to use the label text to create a stock menu item"
#~ msgid "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
#~ msgstr "The Accel Group to use for stock accelerator keys"
#~ msgid "X pad"
#~ msgstr "X pad"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the left and right of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgid "Y pad"
#~ msgstr "Y pad"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The amount of space to add on the top and bottom of the widget, in pixels"
#~ msgid "Icon's count"
#~ msgstr "Icon's count"
#~ msgid "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
#~ msgstr "The count of the emblem currently displayed"
#~ msgid "Icon's label"
#~ msgstr "Icon's label"
#~ msgid "The label to be displayed over the icon"
#~ msgstr "The label to be displayed over the icon"
#~ msgid "Icon's style context"
#~ msgstr "Icon's style context"
#~ msgid "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
#~ msgstr "The style context to theme the icon appearance"
#~ msgid "Background icon"
#~ msgstr "Background icon"
#~ msgid "The icon for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon for the number emblem background"
#~ msgid "Background icon name"
#~ msgstr "Background icon name"
#~ msgid "The icon name for the number emblem background"
#~ msgstr "The icon name for the number emblem background"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value returned by gtk_radio_action_get_current_value() when this "
#~ "action is the current action of its group."
#~ msgid "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
#~ msgstr "The radio action whose group this action belongs to."
#~ msgid "The current value"
#~ msgstr "The current value"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The value property of the currently active member of the group to which "
#~ "this action belongs."
#~ msgid "Show Numbers"
#~ msgstr "Show Numbers"
#~ msgid "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
#~ msgstr "Whether the items should be displayed with a number"
#~ msgid "Pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID"
#~ msgid "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for a stock image to display"
#~ msgid "Screen"
#~ msgstr "Screen"
#~ msgid "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this status icon will be displayed"
#~ msgid "Embedded"
#~ msgstr "Embedded"
#~ msgid "Whether the status icon is embedded"
#~ msgstr "Whether the status icon is embedded"
#~ msgid "The orientation of the tray"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the tray"
#~ msgid "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tray icon has a tooltip"
#~ msgid "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
#~ msgstr "The contents of the tooltip for this tray icon"
#~ msgid "Style context"
#~ msgstr "Style context"
#~ msgid "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
#~ msgstr "GtkStyleContext to get style from"
#~ msgid "The number of rows in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows in the table"
#~ msgid "The number of columns in the table"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns in the table"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the table cells are all the same width/height"
#~ msgid "Right attachment"
#~ msgstr "Right attachment"
#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of a child widget to"
#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of a child widget to"
#~ msgid "Bottom attachment"
#~ msgstr "Bottom attachment"
#~ msgid "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the bottom of the child to"
#~ msgid "Horizontal options"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal options"
#~ msgid "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the horizontal behaviour of the child"
#~ msgid "Vertical options"
#~ msgstr "Vertical options"
#~ msgid "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
#~ msgstr "Options specifying the vertical behaviour of the child"
#~ msgid "Horizontal padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal padding"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbors, in "
#~ "pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its left and right neighbours, "
#~ "in pixels"
#~ msgid "Vertical padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical padding"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbors, "
#~ "in pixels"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to put between the child and its upper and lower neighbours, "
#~ "in pixels"
#~ msgid "Theming engine name"
#~ msgstr "Theming engine name"
#~ msgid "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
#~ msgstr "Create the same proxies as a radio action"
#~ msgid "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
#~ msgstr "Whether the proxies for this action look like radio action proxies"
#~ msgid "Whether the toggle action should be active"
#~ msgstr "Whether the toggle action should be active"
#~ msgid "Foreground color"
#~ msgstr "Foreground colour"
#~ msgid "Foreground color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Foreground colour for symbolic icons"
#~ msgid "Error color"
#~ msgstr "Error colour"
#~ msgid "Error color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Error colour for symbolic icons"
#~ msgid "Warning color"
#~ msgstr "Warning colour"
#~ msgid "Warning color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Warning colour for symbolic icons"
#~ msgid "Success color"
#~ msgstr "Success colour"
#~ msgid "Success color for symbolic icons"
#~ msgstr "Success colour for symbolic icons"
#~ msgid "Padding"
#~ msgstr "Padding"
#~ msgid "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
#~ msgstr "Padding that should be put around icons in the tray"
#~ msgid "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
#~ msgstr "The pixel size that icons should be forced to, or zero"
#~ msgid "Add tearoffs to menus"
#~ msgstr "Add tearoffs to menus"
#~ msgid "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether tearoff menu items should be added to menus"
#~ msgid "An XML string describing the merged UI"
#~ msgstr "An XML string describing the merged UI"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A logo for the about box. If this is not set, it defaults to "
#~ "gtk_window_get_default_icon_list()"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A GtkPackType indicating whether the child is packed with reference to "
#~ "the start or end of the parent"
#~ msgid "Header Padding"
#~ msgstr "Header Padding"
#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the header."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the header."
#~ msgid "Content Padding"
#~ msgstr "Content Padding"
#~ msgid "Number of pixels around the content pages."
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels around the content pages."
#~ msgid "Header image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Header image for the assistant page"
#~ msgid "Sidebar image"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image"
#~ msgid "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
#~ msgstr "Sidebar image for the assistant page"
#~ msgid "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"
#~ msgstr "Whether the assistant adds padding around the page"
#~ msgid "Minimum child width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child width"
#~ msgid "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgid "Minimum child height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum child height"
#~ msgid "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height of buttons inside the box"
#~ msgid "Child internal width padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal width padding"
#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on either side"
#~ msgid "Child internal height padding"
#~ msgstr "Child internal height padding"
#~ msgid "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
#~ msgstr "Amount to increase child's size on the top and bottom"
#~ msgid "Layout style"
#~ msgstr "Layout style"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How to lay out the buttons in the box. Possible values are: spread, edge, "
#~ "start and end"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the child appears in a secondary group of children, suitable "
#~ "for, e.g., help buttons"
#~ msgid "Non-Homogeneous"
#~ msgstr "Non-Homogeneous"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, the child will not be subject to homogeneous sizing"
#~ msgid "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the child should receive extra space when the parent grows"
#~ msgid "Fill"
#~ msgstr "Fill"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether extra space given to the child should be allocated to the child "
#~ "or used as padding"
#~ msgid "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbors, in pixels"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to put between the child and its neighbours, in pixels"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If set, the label is used to pick a stock item instead of being displayed"
#~ msgid "Horizontal alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal alignment for child"
#~ msgid "Vertical alignment for child"
#~ msgstr "Vertical alignment for child"
#~ msgid "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
#~ msgstr "Child widget to appear next to the button text"
#~ msgid "Image position"
#~ msgstr "Image position"
#~ msgid "The position of the image relative to the text"
#~ msgstr "The position of the image relative to the text"
#~ msgid "Default Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Spacing"
#~ msgid "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
#~ msgstr "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons"
#~ msgid "Default Outside Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Default Outside Spacing"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Extra space to add for GTK_CAN_DEFAULT buttons that is always drawn "
#~ "outside the border"
#~ msgid "Child X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child X Displacement"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgid "Child Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Child Y Displacement"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the child when the button is depressed"
#~ msgid "Displace focus"
#~ msgstr "Displace focus"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the child_displacement_x/_y properties should also affect the "
#~ "focus rectangle"
#~ msgid "Inner Border"
#~ msgstr "Inner Border"
#~ msgid "Border between button edges and child."
#~ msgstr "Border between button edges and child."
#~ msgid "Image spacing"
#~ msgstr "Image spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the image and label"
#~ msgid "Inner border"
#~ msgstr "Inner border"
#~ msgid "Inner border space"
#~ msgstr "Inner border space"
#~ msgid "Vertical separation"
#~ msgstr "Vertical separation"
#~ msgid "Space between day headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between day headers and main area"
#~ msgid "Horizontal separation"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal separation"
#~ msgid "Space between week headers and main area"
#~ msgstr "Space between week headers and main area"
#~ msgid "Cell background color"
#~ msgstr "Cell background colour"
#~ msgid "Cell background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Cell background colour as a GdkColor"
#~ msgid "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
#~ msgstr "The stock ID of the stock icon to render"
#~ msgid "Detail"
#~ msgstr "Detail"
#~ msgid "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
#~ msgstr "Render detail to pass to the theme engine"
#~ msgid "Follow State"
#~ msgstr "Follow State"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be colorized according to the state"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the rendered pixbuf should be coloured according to the state"
#~ msgid "Background color"
#~ msgstr "Background colour"
#~ msgid "Background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background colour as a GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Foreground color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground colour as a GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Indicator size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator size"
#~ msgid "Background RGBA color"
#~ msgstr "Background RGBA colour"
#~ msgid "Indicator Size"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Size"
#~ msgid "Indicator Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Indicator Spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing around check or radio indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around tick or radio indicator"
#~ msgid "The selected color"
#~ msgstr "The selected colour"
#~ msgid "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The selected opacity value (0 fully transparent, 65535 fully opaque)"
#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out the items in a grid"
#~ msgid "Row span column"
#~ msgstr "Row span column"
#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the row span values"
#~ msgid "Column span column"
#~ msgstr "Column span column"
#~ msgid "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
#~ msgstr "TreeModel column containing the column span values"
#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should have a tearoff menu item"
#~ msgid "Tearoff Title"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff Title"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when the popup is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgid "Appears as list"
#~ msgstr "Appears as list"
#~ msgid "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether dropdowns should look like lists rather than menus"
#~ msgid "Arrow Size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Size"
#~ msgid "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
#~ msgstr "The minimum size of the arrow in the combo box"
#~ msgid "The amount of space used by the arrow"
#~ msgstr "The amount of space used by the arrow"
#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the combo box"
#~ msgid "Specify how resize events are handled"
#~ msgstr "Specify how resize events are handled"
#~ msgid "Border width"
#~ msgstr "Border width"
#~ msgid "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
#~ msgstr "The width of the empty border outside the containers children"
#~ msgid "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
#~ msgstr "Can be used to add a new child to the container"
#~ msgid "Content area border"
#~ msgstr "Content area border"
#~ msgid "Width of border around the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the main dialogue area"
#~ msgid "Content area spacing"
#~ msgstr "Content area spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the main dialog area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the main dialogue area"
#~ msgid "Button spacing"
#~ msgstr "Button spacing"
#~ msgid "Action area border"
#~ msgstr "Action area border"
#~ msgid "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Width of border around the button area at the bottom of the dialogue"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Border between text and frame. Overrides the inner-border style property"
#~ msgid "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
#~ msgstr "Which kind of shadow to draw around the entry when has-frame is set"
#~ msgid "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
#~ msgstr "Whether password entries will show a warning when Caps Lock is on"
#~ msgid "Primary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Primary pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Secondary pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "Secondary pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Primary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Primary stock ID"
#~ msgid "Stock ID for primary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for primary icon"
#~ msgid "Secondary stock ID"
#~ msgstr "Secondary stock ID"
#~ msgid "Stock ID for secondary icon"
#~ msgstr "Stock ID for secondary icon"
#~ msgid "Populate all"
#~ msgstr "Populate all"
#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for touch popups"
#~ msgid "Icon Prelight"
#~ msgstr "Icon Prelight"
#~ msgid "Progress Border"
#~ msgstr "Progress Border"
#~ msgid "Border around the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Border around the progress bar"
#~ msgid "Border between text and frame."
#~ msgstr "Border between text and frame."
#~ msgid "Visible Window"
#~ msgstr "Visible Window"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event box is visible, as opposed to invisible and only used "
#~ "to trap events."
#~ msgid "Above child"
#~ msgstr "Above child"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the event-trapping window of the eventbox is above the window of "
#~ "the child widget as opposed to below it."
#~ msgid "Space to put between the label and the child"
#~ msgstr "Space to put between the label and the child"
#~ msgid "Label fill"
#~ msgstr "Label fill"
#~ msgid "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the label widget should fill all available horizontal space"
#~ msgid "Expander Size"
#~ msgstr "Expander Size"
#~ msgid "Size of the expander arrow"
#~ msgstr "Size of the expander arrow"
#~ msgid "Spacing around expander arrow"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around expander arrow"
#~ msgid "Y position"
#~ msgstr "Y position"
#~ msgid "Y position of child widget"
#~ msgstr "Y position of child widget"
#~ msgid "Show style"
#~ msgstr "Show style"
#~ msgid "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether the selected font style is shown in the label"
#~ msgid "Show size"
#~ msgstr "Show size"
#~ msgid "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
#~ msgstr "Whether selected font size is shown in the label"
#~ msgid "Label yalign"
#~ msgstr "Label yalign"
#~ msgid "The vertical alignment of the label"
#~ msgstr "The vertical alignment of the label"
#~ msgid "GdkWindow to receive events about"
#~ msgstr "GdkWindow to receive events about"
#~ msgid "Has alpha"
#~ msgstr "Has alpha"
#~ msgid "Whether the color buffer has an alpha component"
#~ msgstr "Whether the colour buffer has an alpha component"
#~ msgid "Show decorations"
#~ msgstr "Show decorations"
#~ msgid "Selection Box Color"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Colour"
#~ msgid "Color of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Colour of the selection box"
#~ msgid "Selection Box Alpha"
#~ msgstr "Selection Box Alpha"
#~ msgid "Opacity of the selection box"
#~ msgstr "Opacity of the selection box"
#~ msgid "A cairo_surface_t to display"
#~ msgstr "A cairo_surface_t to display"
#~ msgid "Icon set"
#~ msgstr "Icon set"
#~ msgid "Animation"
#~ msgstr "Animation"
#~ msgid "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
#~ msgstr "GdkPixbufAnimation to display"
#~ msgid "Width of border around the content area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the content area"
#~ msgid "Spacing between elements of the area"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between elements of the area"
#~ msgid "Width of border around the action area"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the action area"
#~ msgid "The screen where this window will be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The screen where this window will be displayed"
#~ msgid "Angle"
#~ msgstr "Angle"
#~ msgid "Angle at which the label is rotated"
#~ msgstr "Angle at which the label is rotated"
#~ msgid "The width of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The width of the layout"
#~ msgid "The height of the layout"
#~ msgstr "The height of the layout"
#~ msgid "Minimum height for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for filling blocks"
#~ msgid "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum height for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgid "Minimum width for filling blocks"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for filling blocks"
#~ msgid "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum width for blocks that fill the bar"
#~ msgid "Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Pack direction"
#~ msgid "Child Pack direction"
#~ msgstr "Child Pack direction"
#~ msgid "The child pack direction of the menubar"
#~ msgstr "The child pack direction of the menubar"
#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the menubar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the menubar"
#~ msgid "Internal padding"
#~ msgstr "Internal padding"
#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of border space between the menubar shadow and the menu items"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A title that may be displayed by the window manager when this menu is "
#~ "torn-off"
#~ msgid "Tearoff State"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff State"
#~ msgid "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
#~ msgstr "A boolean that indicates whether the menu is torn-off"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Padding"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Padding"
#~ msgid "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the left and right edges of the menu"
#~ msgid "Vertical Padding"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Padding"
#~ msgid "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
#~ msgstr "Extra space at the top and bottom of the menu"
#~ msgid "Vertical Offset"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Offset"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "vertically"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Offset"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Offset"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When the menu is a submenu, position it this number of pixels offset "
#~ "horizontally"
#~ msgid "Double Arrows"
#~ msgstr "Double Arrows"
#~ msgid "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
#~ msgstr "When scrolling, always show both arrows."
#~ msgid "Arrow Placement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Placement"
#~ msgid "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
#~ msgstr "Indicates where scroll arrows should be placed"
#~ msgid "Left Attach"
#~ msgstr "Left Attach"
#~ msgid "Right Attach"
#~ msgstr "Right Attach"
#~ msgid "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The column number to attach the right side of the child to"
#~ msgid "Top Attach"
#~ msgstr "Top Attach"
#~ msgid "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
#~ msgstr "The row number to attach the top of the child to"
#~ msgid "Bottom Attach"
#~ msgstr "Bottom Attach"
#~ msgid "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
#~ msgstr "Arbitrary constant to scale down the size of the scroll arrow"
#~ msgid "Right Justified"
#~ msgstr "Right Justified"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Sets whether the menu item appears justified at the right side of a menu "
#~ "bar"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Amount of space used up by arrow, relative to the menu item's font size"
#~ msgid "Width in Characters"
#~ msgstr "Width in Characters"
#~ msgid "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
#~ msgstr "The minimum desired width of the menu item in characters"
#~ msgid "label border"
#~ msgstr "label border"
#~ msgid "Width of border around the label in the message dialog"
#~ msgstr "Width of border around the label in the message dialogue"
#~ msgid "Image"
#~ msgstr "Image"
#~ msgid "The image"
#~ msgstr "The image"
#~ msgid "Centered"
#~ msgstr "Centred"
#~ msgid "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
#~ msgstr "The string displayed on the child's tab label"
#~ msgid "Secondary backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary backward stepper"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgid "Secondary forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Secondary forward stepper"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the tab area"
#~ msgid "Backward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Backward stepper"
#~ msgid "Display the standard backward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard backward arrow button"
#~ msgid "Forward stepper"
#~ msgstr "Forward stepper"
#~ msgid "Display the standard forward arrow button"
#~ msgstr "Display the standard forward arrow button"
#~ msgid "Tab overlap"
#~ msgstr "Tab overlap"
#~ msgid "Size of tab overlap area"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab overlap area"
#~ msgid "Tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Tab curvature"
#~ msgid "Size of tab curvature"
#~ msgstr "Size of tab curvature"
#~ msgid "Arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Arrow spacing"
#~ msgid "Scroll arrow spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scroll arrow spacing"
#~ msgid "Initial gap"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap"
#~ msgid "Initial gap before the first tab"
#~ msgstr "Initial gap before the first tab"
#~ msgid "Tab gap"
#~ msgstr "Tab gap"
#~ msgid "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"
#~ msgstr "Active tab is drawn with a gap at the bottom"
#~ msgid "Pass through input, does not affect main child"
#~ msgstr "Pass through input, does not affect main child"
#~ msgid "Index"
#~ msgstr "Index"
#~ msgid "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"
#~ msgstr "The index of the overlay in the parent, -1 for the main child"
#~ msgid "Handle Size"
#~ msgstr "Handle Size"
#~ msgid "Width of handle"
#~ msgstr "Width of handle"
#~ msgid "Resize"
#~ msgstr "Resize"
#~ msgid "Show 'Connect to Server'"
#~ msgstr "Show 'Connect to Server'"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialog"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the sidebar includes a builtin shortcut to a 'Connect to server' "
#~ "dialogue"
#~ msgid "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether to emit ::populate-popup for popups that are not menus"
#~ msgid "Socket Window"
#~ msgstr "Socket Window"
#~ msgid "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
#~ msgstr "The window of the socket the plug is embedded in"
#~ msgid "Transitions enabled"
#~ msgstr "Transitions enabled"
#~ msgid "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled or not"
#~ msgstr "Whether show/hide transitions are enabled"
#~ msgid "Constraint for the popover position"
#~ msgstr "Constraint for the popover position"
#~ msgid "The name of the submenu"
#~ msgstr "The name of the submenu"
#~ msgid "X spacing"
#~ msgstr "X spacing"
#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the width of a progress bar."
#~ msgid "Y spacing"
#~ msgstr "Y spacing"
#~ msgid "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
#~ msgstr "Extra spacing applied to the height of a progress bar."
#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar width"
#~ msgid "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum horizontal width of the progress bar"
#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal bar height"
#~ msgid "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "Minimum horizontal height of the progress bar"
#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar width"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar width"
#~ msgid "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical width of the progress bar"
#~ msgid "Minimum vertical bar height"
#~ msgstr "Minimum vertical bar height"
#~ msgid "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
#~ msgstr "The minimum vertical height of the progress bar"
#~ msgid "Lower stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Lower stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "lower side"
#~ msgid "Upper stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgstr "Upper stepper sensitivity"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The sensitivity policy for the stepper that points to the adjustment's "
#~ "upper side"
#~ msgid "Slider Width"
#~ msgstr "Slider Width"
#~ msgid "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
#~ msgstr "Width of scrollbar or scale thumb"
#~ msgid "Trough Border"
#~ msgstr "Trough Border"
#~ msgid "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between thumb/steppers and outer trough bevel"
#~ msgid "Stepper Size"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Size"
#~ msgid "Length of step buttons at ends"
#~ msgstr "Length of step buttons at ends"
#~ msgid "Stepper Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between step buttons and thumb"
#~ msgid "Arrow X Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow X Displacement"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the x direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgid "Arrow Y Displacement"
#~ msgstr "Arrow Y Displacement"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "How far in the y direction to move the arrow when the button is depressed"
#~ msgid "Trough Under Steppers"
#~ msgstr "Trough Under Steppers"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to draw trough for full length of range or exclude the steppers "
#~ "and spacing"
#~ msgid "Arrow scaling"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling"
#~ msgid "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
#~ msgstr "Arrow scaling with regard to scroll button size"
#~ msgid "The RecentManager object to use"
#~ msgstr "The RecentManager object to use"
#~ msgid "Show Private"
#~ msgstr "Show Private"
#~ msgid "Whether the private items should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether the private items should be displayed"
#~ msgid "Show Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Show Tooltips"
#~ msgid "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
#~ msgstr "Whether there should be a tooltip on the item"
#~ msgid "Show Not Found"
#~ msgstr "Show Not Found"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the items pointing to unavailable resources should be displayed"
#~ msgid "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
#~ msgstr "Whether to allow multiple items to be selected"
#~ msgid "Local only"
#~ msgstr "Local only"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the selected resource(s) should be limited to local file: URIs"
#~ msgid "Limit"
#~ msgstr "Limit"
#~ msgid "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
#~ msgstr "The maximum number of items to be displayed"
#~ msgid "Sort Type"
#~ msgstr "Sort Type"
#~ msgid "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
#~ msgstr "The current filter for selecting which resources are displayed"
#~ msgid "The icon size"
#~ msgstr "The icon size"
#~ msgid "Length of scale's slider"
#~ msgstr "Length of scale's slider"
#~ msgid "Value spacing"
#~ msgstr "Value spacing"
#~ msgid "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
#~ msgstr "Space between value text and the slider/trough area"
#~ msgid "Minimum Slider Length"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Slider Length"
#~ msgid "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
#~ msgstr "Minimum length of scrollbar slider"
#~ msgid "Fixed slider size"
#~ msgstr "Fixed slider size"
#~ msgid "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
#~ msgstr "Don't change slider size, just lock it to the minimum length"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second backward arrow button on the opposite end of the "
#~ "scrollbar"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Display a second forward arrow button on the opposite end of the scrollbar"
#~ msgid "Window Placement Set"
#~ msgstr "Window Placement Set"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether \"window-placement\" should be used to determine the location of "
#~ "the contents with respect to the scrollbars."
#~ msgid "Scrollbars within bevel"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbars within bevel"
#~ msgid "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
#~ msgstr "Place scrollbars within the scrolled window's bevel"
#~ msgid "Scrollbar spacing"
#~ msgstr "Scrollbar spacing"
#~ msgid "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
#~ msgstr "Number of pixels between the scrollbars and the scrolled window"
#~ msgid "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Fallback Icon Theme Name"
#~ msgid "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
#~ msgstr "Name of a icon theme to fall back to"
#~ msgid "Key Theme Name"
#~ msgstr "Key Theme Name"
#~ msgid "Name of key theme to load"
#~ msgstr "Name of key theme to load"
#~ msgid "Menu bar accelerator"
#~ msgstr "Menu bar accelerator"
#~ msgid "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
#~ msgstr "Keybinding to activate the menu bar"
#~ msgid "Icon Sizes"
#~ msgstr "Icon Sizes"
#~ msgid "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
#~ msgstr "List of icon sizes (gtk-menu=16,16:gtk-button=20,20..."
#~ msgid "GTK Modules"
#~ msgstr "GTK Modules"
#~ msgid "List of currently active GTK modules"
#~ msgstr "List of currently active GTK modules"
#~ msgid "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Input Methods' menu"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "change the input method"
#~ msgid "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
#~ msgstr "Show the 'Insert Unicode Control Character' menu"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the context menus of entries and text views should offer to "
#~ "insert control characters"
#~ msgid "Start timeout"
#~ msgstr "Start timeout"
#~ msgid "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Starting value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgid "Repeat timeout"
#~ msgstr "Repeat timeout"
#~ msgid "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgstr "Repeat value for timeouts, when button is pressed"
#~ msgid "Expand timeout"
#~ msgstr "Expand timeout"
#~ msgid "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
#~ msgstr "Expand value for timeouts, when a widget is expanding a new region"
#~ msgid "Color scheme"
#~ msgstr "Colour scheme"
#~ msgid "A palette of named colors for use in themes"
#~ msgstr "A palette of named colours for use in themes"
#~ msgid "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
#~ msgstr "Enable Touchscreen Mode"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, there are no motion notify events delivered on this screen"
#~ msgid "Tooltip timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip timeout"
#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown"
#~ msgid "Tooltip browse timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse timeout"
#~ msgid "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout before tooltip is shown when browse mode is enabled"
#~ msgid "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
#~ msgstr "Tooltip browse mode timeout"
#~ msgid "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
#~ msgstr "Timeout after which browse mode is disabled"
#~ msgid "Keynav Cursor Only"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Cursor Only"
#~ msgid "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
#~ msgstr "When TRUE, there are only cursor keys available to navigate widgets"
#~ msgid "Keynav Wrap Around"
#~ msgstr "Keynav Wrap Around"
#~ msgid "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether to wrap around when keyboard-navigating widgets"
#~ msgid "Color Hash"
#~ msgstr "Colour Hash"
#~ msgid "A hash table representation of the color scheme."
#~ msgstr "A hash table representation of the colour scheme."
#~ msgid "Default file chooser backend"
#~ msgstr "Default file chooser backend"
#~ msgid "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
#~ msgstr "Name of the GtkFileChooser backend to use by default"
#~ msgid "Enable Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Enable Mnemonics"
#~ msgid "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Whether labels should have mnemonics"
#~ msgid "Recent Files Limit"
#~ msgstr "Recent Files Limit"
#~ msgid "Enable Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Enable Tooltips"
#~ msgid "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
#~ msgstr "Whether tooltips should be shown on widgets"
#~ msgid "Toolbar style"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar style"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether default toolbars have text only, text and icons, icons only, etc."
#~ msgid "Toolbar Icon Size"
#~ msgstr "Toolbar Icon Size"
#~ msgid "The size of icons in default toolbars."
#~ msgstr "The size of icons in default toolbars."
#~ msgid "Auto Mnemonics"
#~ msgstr "Auto Mnemonics"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether mnemonics should be automatically shown and hidden when the user "
#~ "presses the mnemonic activator."
#~ msgid "Visible Focus"
#~ msgstr "Visible Focus"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether 'focus rectangles' should be hidden until the user starts to use "
#~ "the keyboard."
#~ msgid "Show button images"
#~ msgstr "Show button images"
#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown on buttons"
#~ msgid "Show menu images"
#~ msgstr "Show menu images"
#~ msgid "Whether images should be shown in menus"
#~ msgstr "Whether images should be shown in menus"
#~ msgid "Delay before drop down menus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before drop down menus appear"
#~ msgid "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before the submenus of a menu bar appear"
#~ msgid "Scrolled Window Placement"
#~ msgstr "Scrolled Window Placement"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Where the contents of scrolled windows are located with respect to the "
#~ "scrollbars, if not overridden by the scrolled window's own placement."
#~ msgid "Can change accelerators"
#~ msgstr "Can change accelerators"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether menu accelerators can be changed by pressing a key over the menu "
#~ "item"
#~ msgid "Delay before submenus appear"
#~ msgstr "Delay before submenus appear"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Minimum time the pointer must stay over a menu item before the submenu "
#~ "appear"
#~ msgid "Delay before hiding a submenu"
#~ msgstr "Delay before hiding a submenu"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The time before hiding a submenu when the pointer is moving towards the "
#~ "submenu"
#~ msgid "Custom palette"
#~ msgstr "Custom palette"
#~ msgid "Palette to use in the color selector"
#~ msgstr "Palette to use in the colour selector"
#~ msgid "IM Preedit style"
#~ msgstr "IM Preedit style"
#~ msgid "How to draw the input method preedit string"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method preedit string"
#~ msgid "IM Status style"
#~ msgstr "IM Status style"
#~ msgid "How to draw the input method statusbar"
#~ msgstr "How to draw the input method statusbar"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, unmapped widgets are ignored when determining the size of the "
#~ "group"
#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the spin button"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the spin button"
#~ msgid "Symbolic size to use for named icon"
#~ msgstr "Symbolic size to use for named icon"
#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the statusbar text"
#~ msgid "The associated GdkFrameClock"
#~ msgstr "The associated GdkFrameClock"
#~ msgid "The minimum width of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum width of the handle"
#~ msgid "Slider Height"
#~ msgstr "Slider Height"
#~ msgid "The minimum height of the handle"
#~ msgstr "The minimum height of the handle"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background colour"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Error underline color"
#~ msgstr "Error underline colour"
#~ msgid "Color with which to draw error-indication underlines"
#~ msgstr "Colour with which to draw error-indication underlines"
#~ msgid "Size of icons in this toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this toolbar"
#~ msgid "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
#~ msgstr "Whether the icon-size property has been set"
#~ msgid "Spacer size"
#~ msgstr "Spacer size"
#~ msgid "Size of spacers"
#~ msgstr "Size of spacers"
#~ msgid "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
#~ msgstr "Amount of border space between the toolbar shadow and the buttons"
#~ msgid "Maximum child expand"
#~ msgstr "Maximum child expand"
#~ msgid "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
#~ msgstr "Maximum amount of space an expandable item will be given"
#~ msgid "Space style"
#~ msgstr "Space style"
#~ msgid "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
#~ msgstr "Whether spacers are vertical lines or just blank"
#~ msgid "Button relief"
#~ msgstr "Button relief"
#~ msgid "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
#~ msgstr "Type of bevel around toolbar buttons"
#~ msgid "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "Style of bevel around the toolbar"
#~ msgid "Stock Id"
#~ msgstr "Stock Id"
#~ msgid "The stock icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgstr "The stock icon displayed on the item"
#~ msgid "Icon spacing"
#~ msgstr "Icon spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
#~ msgstr "Spacing in pixels between the icon and label"
#~ msgid "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
#~ msgstr "A widget to display in place of the usual label"
#~ msgid "Collapsed"
#~ msgstr "Collapsed"
#~ msgid "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
#~ msgstr "Whether the group has been collapsed and items are hidden"
#~ msgid "ellipsize"
#~ msgstr "ellipsise"
#~ msgid "Ellipsize for item group headers"
#~ msgstr "Ellipsise for item group headers"
#~ msgid "Header Relief"
#~ msgstr "Header Relief"
#~ msgid "Relief of the group header button"
#~ msgstr "Relief of the group header button"
#~ msgid "Header Spacing"
#~ msgstr "Header Spacing"
#~ msgid "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
#~ msgstr "Spacing between expander arrow and caption"
#~ msgid "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should receive extra space when the group grows"
#~ msgid "Whether the item should fill the available space"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should fill the available space"
#~ msgid "New Row"
#~ msgstr "New Row"
#~ msgid "Whether the item should start a new row"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item should start a new row"
#~ msgid "Position of the item within this group"
#~ msgstr "Position of the item within this group"
#~ msgid "Size of icons in this tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Size of icons in this tool palette"
#~ msgid "Style of items in the tool palette"
#~ msgstr "Style of items in the tool palette"
#~ msgid "Exclusive"
#~ msgstr "Exclusive"
#~ msgid "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
#~ msgstr "Whether the item group should be the only expanded at a given time"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the item group should receive extra space when the palette grows"
#~ msgid "Tearoff"
#~ msgstr "Tearoff"
#~ msgid "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
#~ msgstr "Whether the menu has a tearoff item"
#~ msgid "Wrap Width"
#~ msgstr "Wrap Width"
#~ msgid "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
#~ msgstr "Wrap width for laying out items in a grid"
#~ msgid "Rules Hint"
#~ msgstr "Rules Hint"
#~ msgid "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colors"
#~ msgstr "Set a hint to the theme engine to draw rows in alternating colours"
#~ msgid "Vertical Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Separator Width"
#~ msgid "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Vertical space between cells. Must be an even number"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Separator Width"
#~ msgid "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal space between cells. Must be an even number"
#~ msgid "Allow drawing of alternating color rows"
#~ msgstr "Allow drawing of alternating colour rows"
#~ msgid "Indent Expanders"
#~ msgstr "Indent Expanders"
#~ msgid "Make the expanders indented"
#~ msgstr "Make the expanders indented"
#~ msgid "Even Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Even Row Colour"
#~ msgid "Color to use for even rows"
#~ msgstr "Colour to use for even rows"
#~ msgid "Odd Row Color"
#~ msgstr "Odd Row Colour"
#~ msgid "Color to use for odd rows"
#~ msgstr "Colour to use for odd rows"
#~ msgid "Grid line width"
#~ msgstr "Grid line width"
#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgid "Tree line width"
#~ msgstr "Tree line width"
#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the tree view lines"
#~ msgid "Grid line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Grid line pattern"
#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view grid lines"
#~ msgid "Tree line pattern"
#~ msgstr "Tree line pattern"
#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the tree view lines"
#~ msgid "Application paintable"
#~ msgstr "Application paintable"
#~ msgid "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"
#~ msgid "Can default"
#~ msgstr "Can default"
#~ msgid "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget can be the default widget"
#~ msgid "Style"
#~ msgstr "Style"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colors etc)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will "
#~ "look (colours etc)"
#~ msgid "Events"
#~ msgstr "Events"
#~ msgid "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
#~ msgstr "The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"
#~ msgid "No show all"
#~ msgstr "No show all"
#~ msgid "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
#~ msgstr "Whether gtk_widget_show_all() should not affect this widget"
#~ msgid "The widget's window if it is realized"
#~ msgstr "The widget's window if it is realised"
#~ msgid "Double Buffered"
#~ msgstr "Double Buffered"
#~ msgid "Whether the widget is double buffered"
#~ msgstr "Whether the widget is double buffered"
#~ msgid "Margin on Left"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Left"
#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the left side"
#~ msgid "Margin on Right"
#~ msgstr "Margin on Right"
#~ msgid "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
#~ msgstr "Pixels of extra space on the right side"
#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"
#~ msgid "Focus line dash pattern"
#~ msgstr "Focus line dash pattern"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator. The character values are "
#~ "interpreted as pixel widths of alternating on and off segments of the "
#~ "line."
#~ msgid "Focus padding"
#~ msgstr "Focus padding"
#~ msgid "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
#~ msgstr "Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"
#~ msgid "Cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Cursor colour"
#~ msgid "Color with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Colour with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgid "Secondary cursor color"
#~ msgstr "Secondary cursor colour"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Colour with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing "
#~ "mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"
#~ msgid "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgstr "Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"
#~ msgid "Window dragging"
#~ msgstr "Window dragging"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximized by clicking on empty areas"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether windows can be dragged and maximised by clicking on empty areas"
#~ msgid "Unvisited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Unvisited Link Colour"
#~ msgid "Color of unvisited links"
#~ msgstr "Colour of unvisited links"
#~ msgid "Visited Link Color"
#~ msgstr "Visited Link Colour"
#~ msgid "Color of visited links"
#~ msgstr "Colour of visited links"
#~ msgid "Wide Separators"
#~ msgstr "Wide Separators"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether separators have configurable width and should be drawn using a "
#~ "box instead of a line"
#~ msgid "Separator Width"
#~ msgstr "Separator Width"
#~ msgid "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The width of separators if wide-separators is TRUE"
#~ msgid "Separator Height"
#~ msgstr "Separator Height"
#~ msgid "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
#~ msgstr "The height of separators if \"wide-separators\" is TRUE"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgid "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of horizontal scroll arrows"
#~ msgid "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Scroll Arrow Length"
#~ msgid "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
#~ msgstr "The length of vertical scroll arrows"
#~ msgid "Width of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Width of text selection handles"
#~ msgid "Height of text selection handles"
#~ msgstr "Height of text selection handles"
#~ msgid "Window Role"
#~ msgstr "Window Role"
#~ msgid "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Unique identifier for the window to be used when restoring a session"
#~ msgid "Window Position"
#~ msgstr "Window Position"
#~ msgid "The initial position of the window"
#~ msgstr "The initial position of the window"
#~ msgid "Hide the titlebar during maximization"
#~ msgstr "Hide the titlebar during maximisation"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximized"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If this window's titlebar should be hidden when the window is maximised"
#~ msgid "Icon for this window"
#~ msgstr "Icon for this window"
#~ msgid "Focus in Toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Focus in Toplevel"
#~ msgid "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
#~ msgstr "Whether the input focus is within this GtkWindow"
#~ msgid "Skip taskbar"
#~ msgstr "Skip taskbar"
#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the task bar."
#~ msgid "Skip pager"
#~ msgstr "Skip pager"
#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should not be in the pager."
#~ msgid "Urgent"
#~ msgstr "Urgent"
#~ msgid "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
#~ msgstr "TRUE if the window should be brought to the user's attention."
#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window should have a resize grip"
#~ msgid "Resize grip is visible"
#~ msgstr "Resize grip is visible"
#~ msgid "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
#~ msgstr "Specifies whether the window's resize grip is visible."
#~ msgid "Gravity"
#~ msgstr "Gravity"
#~ msgid "The window gravity of the window"
#~ msgstr "The window gravity of the window"
#~ msgid "Decorated button layout"
#~ msgstr "Decorated button layout"
#~ msgid "Decoration resize handle size"
#~ msgstr "Decoration resize handle size"
#~ msgid "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
#~ msgstr "Whether the combo box grabs focus when it is clicked with the mouse"
#~ msgid "Affects font"
#~ msgstr "Affects font"
#~ msgid "Set if the value affects the font"
#~ msgstr "Set if the value affects the font"
#~ msgid "Sans 12"
#~ msgstr "Sans 12"
#~ msgid "Name of default font to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of default font to use"
#~ msgid "menu-model"
#~ msgstr "menu-model"
#~ msgid "The dropdown menu's model."
#~ msgstr "The dropdown menu's model."
#~ msgid "align-widget"
#~ msgstr "align-widget"
#~ msgid "direction"
#~ msgstr "direction"
#~ msgid "Hold Time"
#~ msgstr "Hold Time"
#~ msgid "Drag Threshold"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold"
#~ msgid "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
#~ msgstr "Drag Threshold (in pixels)"
#~ msgid "Window the coordinates are based upon"
#~ msgstr "Window the coordinates are based upon"
#~ msgid "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
#~ msgstr "Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"
#~ msgid "Width of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Width of resize grip"
#~ msgid "Height of resize grip"
#~ msgstr "Height of resize grip"
#~ msgid "menu"
#~ msgstr "menu"
#~ msgid "Specified type"
#~ msgstr "Specified type"
#~ msgid "Computed type"
#~ msgstr "Computed type"
#~ msgid "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgstr "The type of values after style lookup"
#~ msgid "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgstr "TRUE if page setup combos are embedded in GtkPrintDialog"
#~ msgid "Event base"
#~ msgstr "Event base"
#~ msgid "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgstr "Event base for XInput events"
#~ msgid "Background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Foreground color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Foreground colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgid "Paragraph background color as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgstr "Paragraph background colour as a (possibly unallocated) GdkColor"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The label for the link to the website of the program. If this is not set, "
#~ "it defaults to the URL"
#~ msgid "Tab pack type"
#~ msgstr "Tab pack type"
#~ msgid "Update policy"
#~ msgstr "Update policy"
#~ msgid "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgstr "How the range should be updated on the screen"
#~ msgid "Lower"
#~ msgstr "Lower"
#~ msgid "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Lower limit of ruler"
#~ msgid "Upper"
#~ msgstr "Upper"
#~ msgid "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgstr "Upper limit of ruler"
#~ msgid "Max Size"
#~ msgstr "Max Size"
#~ msgid "Metric"
#~ msgstr "Metric"
#~ msgid "Number of steps"
#~ msgstr "Number of steps"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of steps for the spinner to complete a full loop. The "
#~ "animation will complete a full cycle in one second by default (see "
#~ "#GtkSpinner:cycle-duration)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The length of time in milliseconds for the spinner to complete a full loop"
#~ msgid "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgstr "Whether the statusbar has a grip for resizing the toplevel"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgid "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Adjustment for the widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the horizontal position "
#~ "for this viewport"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The GtkAdjustment that determines the values of the vertical position for "
#~ "this viewport"
#~ msgid "Extension events"
#~ msgstr "Extension events"
#~ msgid "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"
#~ msgid "The dialog has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgstr "The dialogue has a separator bar above its buttons"
#~ msgid "State Hint"
#~ msgstr "State Hint"
#~ msgid "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgstr "Whether to pass a proper state when drawing shadow or background"
#~ msgid "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgstr "Deprecated property, use shadow_type instead"
#~ msgid "Pixmap"
#~ msgstr "Pixmap"
#~ msgid "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkPixmap to display"
#~ msgid "Mask"
#~ msgstr "Mask"
#~ msgid "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgstr "Mask bitmap to use with GdkPixmap"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialog's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether to put a separator between the message dialogue's text and the "
#~ "buttons"
#~ msgid "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgstr "Draw slider ACTIVE during drag"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "With this option set to TRUE, sliders will be drawn ACTIVE and with "
#~ "shadow IN while they are dragged"
#~ msgid "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgstr "Trough Side Details"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the parts of the trough on the two sides of the slider are "
#~ "drawn with different details"
#~ msgid "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgstr "Stepper Position Details"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "When TRUE, the detail string for rendering the steppers is suffixed with "
#~ "position information"
#~ msgid "Blinking"
#~ msgstr "Blinking"
#~ msgid "Row Ending details"
#~ msgstr "Row Ending details"
#~ msgid "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgstr "Enable extended row background theming"
#~ msgid "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgstr "Whether the animation should loop when it reaches the end"
#~ msgid "Number of Channels"
#~ msgstr "Number of Channels"
#~ msgid "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgstr "The number of samples per pixel"
#~ msgid "The colorspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgstr "The colourspace in which the samples are interpreted"
#~ msgid "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgstr "Bits per Sample"
#~ msgid "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgstr "The number of bits per sample"
#~ msgid "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of columns of the pixbuf"
#~ msgid "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "The number of rows of the pixbuf"
#~ msgid "Rowstride"
#~ msgstr "Rowstride"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of bytes between the start of a row and the start of the next "
#~ "row"
#~ msgid "Pixels"
#~ msgstr "Pixels"
#~ msgid "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgstr "A pointer to the pixel data of the pixbuf"
#~ msgid "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgstr "the GdkScreen for the renderer"
#~ msgid "The adjustment that holds the value of the spinbutton."
#~ msgstr "The adjustment that holds the value of the spin button."
#~ msgid "Invisible char set"
#~ msgstr "Invisible character set"
#~ msgid "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgstr "A GdkImage to display"
#~ msgid "Activity mode"
#~ msgstr "Activity mode"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the GtkProgress is in activity mode, meaning that it signals "
#~ "something is happening, but not how much of the activity is finished. "
#~ "This is used when you're doing something but don't know how long it will "
#~ "take."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The maximum number of items to be returned by "
#~ "gtk_recent_manager_get_items()"
#~ msgid "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple mask"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text background"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple mask"
#~ msgid "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgstr "Bitmap to use as a mask when drawing the text foreground"
#~ msgid "Background stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Background stipple set"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the background stipple"
#~ msgid "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgstr "Foreground stipple set"
#~ msgid "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgstr "Whether this tag affects the foreground stipple"
#~ msgid "Draw Border"
#~ msgstr "Draw Border"
#~ msgid "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgstr "Size of areas outside the widget's allocation to draw"
#~ msgid "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgstr "Allow Shrink"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "If TRUE, the window has no mimimum size. Setting this to TRUE is 99% of "
#~ "the time a bad idea"
#~ msgid "Allow Grow"
#~ msgstr "Allow Grow"
#~ msgid "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgstr "If TRUE, users can expand the window beyond its minimum size"
#~ msgid "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgstr "Enable arrow keys"
#~ msgid "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgstr "Whether the arrow keys move through the list of items"
#~ msgid "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgstr "Always enable arrows"
#~ msgid "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgstr "Obsolete property, ignored"
#~ msgid "Case sensitive"
#~ msgstr "Case sensitive"
#~ msgid "Allow empty"
#~ msgstr "Allow empty"
#~ msgid "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgstr "Whether an empty value may be entered in this field"
#~ msgid "Value in list"
#~ msgstr "Value in list"
#~ msgid "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgstr "Whether entered values must already be present in the list"
#~ msgid "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgstr "Is this curve linear, spline interpolated, or free-form"
#~ msgid "Minimum X"
#~ msgstr "Minimum X"
#~ msgid "Maximum X"
#~ msgstr "Maximum X"
#~ msgid "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgstr "Maximum possible X value"
#~ msgid "Minimum Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum Y"
#~ msgid "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgstr "Minimum possible value for Y"
#~ msgid "Maximum Y"
#~ msgstr "Maximum Y"
#~ msgid "File System Backend"
#~ msgstr "File System Backend"
#~ msgid "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgstr "Name of file system backend to use"
#~ msgid "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgstr "The currently selected filename"
#~ msgid "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgstr "Whether buttons for creating/manipulating files should be displayed"
#~ msgid "Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the border around the tab labels"
#~ msgid "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the horizontal border of tab labels"
#~ msgid "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgstr "Vertical Tab Border"
#~ msgid "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgstr "Width of the vertical border of tab labels"
#~ msgid "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgstr "Whether tabs should have homogeneous sizes"
#~ msgid "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgstr "Group ID for tabs drag and drop"
#~ msgid "User Data"
#~ msgstr "User Data"
#~ msgid "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgstr "Anonymous User Data Pointer"
#~ msgid "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgstr "Size of dropdown indicator"
#~ msgid "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgstr "Spacing around indicator"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Whether the preview widget should take up the entire space it is allocated"
#~ msgid "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The GtkAdjustment connected to the progress bar (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Bar style"
#~ msgstr "Bar style"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Specifies the visual style of the bar in percentage mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Activity Step"
#~ msgstr "Activity Step"
#~ msgid "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr "The increment used for each iteration in activity mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Activity Blocks"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of blocks which can fit in the progress bar area in activity "
#~ "mode (Deprecated)"
#~ msgid "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgstr "Discrete Blocks"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "The number of discrete blocks in a progress bar (when shown in the "
#~ "discrete style)"
#~ msgid "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Horizontal adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgid "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgstr "Vertical adjustment for the text widget"
#~ msgid "Line Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Line Wrap"
#~ msgid "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether lines are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgid "Word Wrap"
#~ msgstr "Word Wrap"
#~ msgid "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgstr "Whether words are wrapped at widget edges"
#~ msgid "Tooltips"
#~ msgstr "Tooltips"
#~ msgid "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgstr "If the tooltips of the toolbar should be active or not"
#~ msgid "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgstr "The orientation of the toolbar"
#~ msgid "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgstr "Whether stock icons should be shown in buttons"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the horizontal alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A number between 0.0 and 1.0 specifying the vertical alignment of the "
#~ "text in the progress widget"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "The current page in the document."
#~ msgstr "The page size of the adjustment"
#~ msgid "Homogenous"
#~ msgstr "Homogenous"
#, fuzzy
#~ msgid "Show Preview"
#~ msgstr "Show text"
#~ msgid "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
#~ msgstr "Whether this text is hidden. Not implemented in GTK 2.0"
Reference in New Issue View Git Blame Copy Permalink